Skip to main content

Full text of "The scientific study of theology"

See other formats


-w- 


^  PRINCETON,  N.  J.  ^' 


A^ 


Division 

Section    _ 

Shelf  Number 


BE 


m2>¥? 


H^V  ^^x-^Ns^ /:  1^ 'r^\ 


:Rf 


A' 


M 

@ 

^# 

'V\  :**>i9J 

1^ 

®fje  ^ctenttftc  Sittwa  of  ^(jeolofis 


W.    L.    PAIGE    COX,    M.A., 

vicAK  OF  ST.  Peter's,  rock  ferry, 

AUTHOR    OF     "present-day    COUNSKLS." 


Hontion  : 

SKEFFINGTON    &    SON.    163,    PICCADILLY,    W. 
1893. 


TO 

MY    MOTHER, 

TO    WHOSE     INTELLECTUAL    SYMPATHY 

I     HAVE    ALL    MY    LIFE    BEEN     INESTIMABLY    INDEBTED, 

THIS    BOOK    IS, 

WITH     MUCH     GRATITUDE    AND     DEEP    AFFECTION, 

INSCRIBED. 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER   I.  PAGE 

Why  Theology   should   be   Studied   exactly   as    the    other 

Sciences  are  Studied      ...  ...  ...  ...  ...      i 

CHAPTER  n. 
The  Scientific  Study  of  the  Nature  of  God  ...  ...    36 

CHAPTER  HI. 
The  Scientific  Study  of  the  Question  of  the  Future  Life    65 

CHAPTER   IV. 
The     Scientific     Study     of     the     Miracles     of     the     New 

Testament  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ••    86 

CHAPTER  V. 
The    Scientific   Study   of    the    Nature    and    Principles    of 
Worship       ...  ...  ...  ..,  ...  ...  ..  121 

CHAPTER  VI. 
Worship  (Continued)      ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  140 


The  Holy  Land  as  the  Theatre  of  Revelation     ...  ...  171 


ndpTa    doKijjLci^eTe  ' 
TO    KoXoi/    Karex^ere. 

"  Ce  que  je  demande  c'est  que  nous  nous  souvenions  que,  si 
nous  cherchions  la  verite  religieuse,  c'est  pour  mieux  adorer  et 
pour  mieux  obeir.  Je  comprends  qu'avant  de  I'avoir  reconnue, 
nous  I'examinions  en  juges,  mais  le  jour  ou  nous  la  possedons, 
il  faut  nous  incliner  devant  elle." — Bersier. 


7S:f)t  Sbdmtific  StuHg  of  ^l&eolosa^ 


CHAPTER    I. 


WHY    THEOLOGY    SHOULD    BE    STUDIED    EXACTLY 
AS    THE    OTHER    SCIENCES    ARE    STUDIED. 


HERE  is  nothing  of  such  profound  importance 
to  man  as  to  know  what  his  rehgious  behefs 
should  be.  There  is  no  subject  about  which 
it  so  much  behoves  him  to  acquire,  as  far  as  he  can, 
clear  and  correct  ideas.  Yet  there  is  no  department  of 
knowledge  which  is  beset  with  so  many  difficulties,  in 
regard  to  which  there  have  been  so  many  differences  of 
opinion,  and  in  the  study  of  which  even  by  the  most 
thoughtful,  the  most  learned,  and  the  most  honest  of 
men,  there  is  so  great  a  liability  to  error.  Probably  at 
no  period  of  history  were  differences  of  opinion  respect- 
ing the  subject  matter  of  religious  belief  so  strongly 
marked  as  at  present,  and  never  in  the  Christian 
Church  was  there  such  great  uncertainty  among  so 
many  persons  with  respect  to  one  or  other  of  the  old 
Articles  of  the  Christian  Faith. 

This  is  traceable  to  several  causes,  among  the  chief 


A 


2      WHY  THEOLOGY  SHOULD  BE  STUDIED  EXACTLY 

of  which,  are  (i)  the  remarkable  discoveries  that  have 
been  made  during  the  present  century  in  every  branch 
of  physical  science — discoveries  v^hich  are  apparently 
irreconcilable  with  much  that  has  hitherto  been  taught 
on  the  authority  of  Divine  Revelation ;  (2)  the  applica- 
tion of  a  minute  and  rigorous  criticism  to  the  reputed 
authorship,  the  language,  and  the  subject  matter  of  the 
different  books  of  the  Bible,  and  (3)  the  fuller  and 
more  accurate  knowledge  that  has  recently  been 
acquired  respecting  ancient  history  and  literature  and 
the  principal  religions  of  the  world.  All  this  has  tended 
to  throw  an  intensely  searching  light  of  criticism  on 
those  doctrines  of  the  Christian  Religion  which  have 
hitherto  been  unhesitatingly  accepted  by  the  majority, 
and  has  set  many  thoughtful  persons  to  question 
seriously  their  claims  to  belief. 

Moreover,  the  indubitable  truths  which  have  been 
arrived  at  by  modern  research  have  been  discovered 
mainly  by  the  inductive  method  of  reasoning.  It  is  by 
the  patient  examination  of  facts  that  Darwin  and  others 
have  made  their  great  achievements  in  science.  The 
modern  scientific  spirit  is  a  spirit  of  patient  watchful- 
ness in  the  face  of  unknown  truth,  it  does  not  permit 
the  enquirer  to  make  a  priori  assumptions,  and  then 
force  facts  to  fit  in  with  these ;  it  rather  prompts  him 
to  observe  and  experiment,  and  from  the  results  of  his 
observations  and  experiments  to  deduce  general  laws. 
That  this  is  the  right  method  of  enquiring  into  the  secrets 
of  Nature,  is  proved  by  the  unprecedented  success  which 
has  followed  upon  its  general  adoption.     Practically,  the 


AS  THE    OTHER   SCIENCES  ARE  STUDIED.         3 

book  of  Nature  was  sealed  to  man  till  he  commenced 
to  peruse  it  in  this  way,  and  thus  not  only  has  our  age 
witnessed  numerous  discoveries  in  every  branch  of 
physical  science,  but  new  sciences  have  arisen,  and  a 
vast  increase  of  knowledge  has  been  obtained  in  other 
departments  of  research,  such  as  history,  literature, 
archaeology,  philology,  and  even  ethics  and  metaphysics. 
All  cultivated  persons  are  now  trained  to  reason  by 
this  scientific  method,  as  it  has  come  to  be  called ; 
they  instinctively  form  generalisations  from  particular 
instances,  instead  of  prejudging  the  results  of  research 
by  a  priori  assumptions,  and  they  fail  to  see  how  objective 
truth  in  any  branch  of  knowledge  can  be  accurately 
learnt  in  any  other  way.  Hence  the  disturbance  of 
faith  which  has  been  remarked  upon  is  not  due  only  to 
the  apparent  collision  between  the  doctrines  of  religion 
and  the  truths  of  science,  but  also,  and  perhaps  chiefly, 
to  the  fact  that  the  doctrines  of  religion  are  supposed 
to  lie  for  the  most  part  outside  the  scope  of  a  strictly 
scientific  enquiry,  so  that  the  method  of  reasoning  which 
has  proved  triumphant  all  along  the  line  of  investigation 
into  the  works  of  God  in  Nature,  is  set  on  one  side 
when  the  subject  of  study  is  that  department  of  truth 
which  is  called  distinctively  religious. 

The  real  question  at  issue  between  ordinary  teachers 
of  dogmatic  theology  and  those  who  differ  from  them  is 
the  question  of  how  religious  truth  is  to  be  ascertained. 
Are  matters  of  religious  belief  to  be  subjected  to  the 
same  treatment  as  all  other  matters  into  which  enquiry 
is  made  ?     Is  the   method  which   has  been   found   so 


4     WHY  THEOLOGY  SHOULD  BE  STUDIED  EXACTLY 

marvellously  successful  in  tracing  out  the  truth  in 
respect  to  matters  scientific  and  historical,  and  in 
making  surer  the  limits  of  truth  and  falsehood,  or  at 
any  rate  of  probability  or  improbability,  in  matters 
relating  to  conduct  and  the  operations  of  the  human 
mind — is  this  method  to  be  rejected  in  the  investigation 
of  such  matters  as  the  existence  of  God,  His  nature, 
and  His  will,  and  the  way  in  which,  and  the  extent  to 
which,  men  can  know  Him  ?  About  the  propriety  of 
following  the  scientific  method  in  some  departments 
of  theological  research  there  is  no  question.  All  the 
best  linguistic  criticism  of  the  New  Testament,  in  which 
some  English  scholars  have  obtained  such  creditable 
success,  has  been  conducted  strictly  on  the  lines  of 
scientific  enquiry.  Ought  we,  or  ought  we  not,  to  apply 
the  same  method  of  enquiry  in  every  respect  to  every 
part  of  the  Bible,  not  only  to  its  words  but  to  its  com- 
position, to  its  history,  to  the  events  it  relates  and  to 
the  doctrines  it  enunciates  ?  Again,  if  the  Bible  ought 
to  be  read  in  the  same  way  as  we  all  acknowledge  the 
book  of  Nature  and  the  book  of  secular  history  should 
be  read,  can  any  satisfactory  reason  be  shewn  why 
those  formularies  in  which  the  opinions  of  the  Church 
in  different  ages  have  been  expressed,  should  not  be 
verified  by  the  same  method,  or  at  any  rate  be  subjected 
to  the  same  test  ?  This  is  the  main  question  at  issue 
between  theologians  and  other  scholars,  and  until  it  is 
settled,  there  is  no  probability  of  any  general  agree- 
ment being  arrived  at  amongst  thoughtful  and  cultivated 
persons  with  respect  to  the  subject  matter  of  religious 


AS  THE   OTHER   SCIENCES   ARE   STUDIED.         5 

belief.  As  it  is  at  present,  very  many  writers  on 
theology,  while  affirming  theology  to  be  a  science, 
study  it  and  teach  it  in  a  different  manner  from  that 
in  which  every  other  science  is  studied  and  taught. 
They  lay  down  beforehand  certain  axiomatic  proposi- 
tions and  deduce  their  principal  doctrines  from  these, 
with  the  result  that  many  of  those  to  whom  they 
address  themselves,  not  assenting  to  their  propositions, 
look  with  disfavour  upon  their  doctrines.  On  the 
other  hand,  not  a  few  thinkers  who  have  been  trained 
in  the  strictly  scientific  school  have  examined  the 
doctrines  of  theology  by  the  scientific  method  as 
they  have  believed,  and  have  arrived  at  conclusions 
at  variance  with  those  of  the  theologians,  and  in 
some  respects  altogether  subversive  of  religious 
belief. 

Hitherto,  for  example,  it  has  been  the  general 
practice  of  theologians  to  rest  the  truth  of  what  is 
called  revealed  religion  on  some  authority,  the  authority 
of  the  Bible  or  the  Church,  or  both ;  and  men  have 
been  required  to  believe  the  doctrines  of  the  Christian 
religion  on  one  or  other  of  those  authorities  as  being  an 
infallible  declaration  of  the  mind  of  God.  Now  it  is 
just  this  deference  to  an  infallible  authority,  however 
sacred  it  may  be  in  name,  that  reasonable  men  in  these 
days  are  not  prepared  to  pay.  They  find  it  contrary 
to  the  analogy  of  Nature  that  there  should  be  any 
divinely  certificated  complete  and  final  repository  and 
guarantee  of  truth,  and  they  are  not  prepared  to  assent 
to  the  assumption  that  an  exception  might  be  looked 


6      WHY  THEOLOGY  SHOULD  BE  STUDIED  EXACTLY 

for  in  the  case  of  religious  truth.  Even  supposing  that 
it  is  of  greater  importance  to  men  to  be  rightly  informed 
concerning  religious  truth  than  any  other  kind  of  truth, 
it  by  no  means  follows  from  that  that  it  would  be  in 
accordance  with  the  Divine  plan  to  provide  for  men  an 
infallible  guide  to  such  truth.  And,  moreover,  even  if 
it  were  probably  in  accordance  with  the  Divine  will  for 
men  to  be  provided  with  an  infallible  guide  to  religious 
truth,  it  is  not  at  all  within  the  limits  of  our  powers  to 
assume  beforehand  that  that  infallible  guide  would  take 
this  form  or  that.  We  have  not  more  ability  to  fore- 
cast the  action  of  God  in  any  particular  case,  than  we 
have  to  forecast  the  action  of  men,  and  the  difficulty  of 
doing  the  latter  is  proverbial.  I  may  know  a  man  so 
well  as  to  be  fairly  sure  how,  that  is,  from  what  motives, 
he  will  act  under  certain  circumstances,  whether 
generously  or  ungenerously,  prudently  or  imprudently  ; 
but  that  is  a  different  thing  from  my  being  able  to  fore- 
tell precisely  what  he  will  do.  The  characters  of  men 
are  so  complex,  and  their  particular  actions  are 
determined  by  such  a  variety  of  causes,  that  it  is 
seldom  that  I  would  venture  to  say  that  my  friend 
would  do  exactly  this  or  that.  In  proportion  as  my 
friend  was  wiser  and  better  informed  than  I,  my  con- 
jecture as  to  his  probable  conduct  would  be  liable  to 
be  erroneous.  Now,  if  there  is  this  impossibility  of 
assuming  safely  beforehand  what  any  man  would  do 
under  particular  circumstances,  how  plainly  impossible 
it  must  be  to  forecast  with  perfect  certainty  what  God 
would  do  under  particular  circumstances,  how  probably 


AS    THE    OTHER   SCIENCES   ARE   STUDIED.         7 

different  would  be  His  plan  of  action   from  what    we 
might  conceive  it  would  be  ! 

The  prejudice,  therefore,  against  any  a  priori  assump- 
tion as  to  the  provision  by  God  of  some  infallible 
authority  upon  which  men  might  base  their  belief  of 
religious  truth  is  well  grounded  in  reason.  It  is  con- 
firmed by  experience.  There  are  at  least  two  such 
assumptions  serving  as  the  foundations  of  different 
systems  of  thought  among  Christians,  and  the  instability 
of  the  structure  in  each  case  has  proved  the  insufficiency 
of  the  foundation. 

The  Evangelical  Protestant  has  assumed  in  the  past 
that  God  would  impart  certainty  to  men  concerning 
His  truth  by  giving  them  an  infallible  book,  a  book  every 
word  of  which  was  to  be  read  as  dictated  by  God,  and 
every  statement  in  which  was  stamped  with  His 
authority.  Recent  events  must  have  clearly  proved  to 
the  most  intelligent  and  open-minded  of  this  school 
that  the  Bible  is  not  such  a  book  as  they  supposed  it 
was,  and  that  there  was  no  warranty  in  fact  for  the 
assumption  on  which  they  based  its  verbal  infallibihty. 
It  was  a  very  plausible  theory  this,  it  seemed  to  indicate 
a  very  natural  way  for  the  communication  of  religious 
truth  to  men,  it  represented  God  as  doing  just  what  we 
might  have  expected  He  would  do,  but  God's  ways  are 
not  our  ways,  as  we  often  have  painful  reason  to  know. 

The  assumption  of  the  directly  opposite  school  of 
Christians  is  that  God  would  make  known  to  men  the 
certainty  of  the  truth  concerning  Himself  by  means  of 
a    Society    miraculously   preserved    from    error.     It  is 


8      WHY  THEOLOGY  SHOULD  BE  STUDIED  EXACTLY 

hardly  necessary  to  point  out  that  here  we  are  in^he 
region  of  pure  conjecture,  and  that  there  is  not  a 
particle  of  solid  ground  on  which  to  base  the  likelihood 
of  the  institution  of  an  infallible  Church.  The  whole 
Romanist  position  has  been  so  brilliantly  and  con- 
clusively dealt  with  by  Professor  Salmon  in  his  work 
on  the  Infallibility  of  the  Church,  that  it  is  sufficient  to 
refer  to  that  work  for  a  refutation  of  it.  The  chapter 
on  "  The  Blunders  of  the  Infallible  Guide,"  would  of 
itself  satisfy  any  candid  mind  as  to  the  baseless 
character  of  the  Roman  claims.  Inasmuch,  however, 
as  an  appeal  is  made  to  argument  for  the  support  of 
these  claims,  and  they  are  represented  as  resting  on  the 
authority  of  certain  texts  of  Scripture,  it  is  worth  while 
just  to  glance  at  those  texts  in  order  to  see  how  faulty 
is  the  chain  of  reasoning  constructed  out  of  them. 
The  chief  text  is,  "  Thou  art  Peter,  and  upon  this  rock 
I  will  build  My  Church."*  This  is  a  verse  found  in 
only  one  of  the  Synoptic  Gospels,  and,  in  the  judgment 
of  some  textual  critics,  is  of  doubtful  authenticity. 
Nevertheless  it  is  the  foundation  upon  which  the  whole 
Biblical  argument  for  the  infallibility  of  the  Roman 
Church  is  made  to  stand,  as  follows — "  The  Church  of 
Rome  was  founded  by  St.  Peter,"  (an  assertion  of  which 
absolutely  no  proof  can  be  given,  nay,  which  is  directly 
contrary  to  the  fact  :  St.  Peter  may  have  visited  Rome, 
but  he  certainly  did  not  found  the  Church  there,  it  was 
in  existence  some  time  before  he  first  set  foot  in  Italy) 
**  therefore  it  is  the  Church  of  which  Christ  spoke." 
*St.  Matt.  xvi.  i8. 


AS   THE   OTHER   SCIENCES   ARE   STUDIED.        9 


(A  manifest  non  sequitur.)  "  Moreover,  the  Church " 
(narrowed  to  mean  the  Roman  Church)  "  is  of  Divine 
institution,  therefore  it  is  infallible."  (Another  non 
sequitur.  "  The  powers  that  be  are  ordained  of  God," 
but  whoever  yet  believed  that  they  were  infallible  ?) 
But  the  Church  has  a  guarantee  of  its  infaUibility  in 
the  texts — "  Lo,  I  am  with  you  alway,  even  unto  the 
end  of  the  world:"*  and,  **  When  He,  the  Spirit  of 
Truth,  is  come.  He  will  guide  you  into  all  truth."  t 
Yet  how  can  it  be  proved  that  the  ''you"  in  these  texts 
refers  not  to  the  general  body  of  Christians  who  are 
partakers  of  the  Spirit  of  Truth,  but  only  to  the  clergy, 
or  rather  to  the  bishops  with  the  Pope  at  their  head  ; 
and  how  can  it  be  shewn  that  the  presence  of  Christ 
with  His  Church  is  not  consistent  with  the  existence  of 
evil  within  it,  and  that  the  promise  of  guidance  into  all 
truth — a  gradual  process  necessarily — implies  also  the 
preservation  meanwhile  from  all  error  ?  It  is  difficult 
to  see  in  such  reasoning  as  this  a  serious  attempt  to 
prop  up  the  monstrous  assumption,  that  one  fallible 
man,  assisted  by  a  number  of  other  fallible  men,  can 
produce  absolutely  accurate  statements  of  rehgious 
truth. 

As  little  can  the  position  taken  up  formerly  by  the 
Gallican  Church,  and  maintained  in  substance  now  by 
some  members  of  the  Church  of  England,  be  deemed 
satisfactory.  In  this  School  the  belief  in  the  infallibility 
of  the  Church  is  retained,  only  the  infallibility  is  attri- 
buted to  the  whole  Church  and  not  simply  to  the  Roman 

*St.  Matt,  xxviii.  20.  f  St.  John  xvi.  13. 


10    WHY  THEOLOGY  SHOULD  BE  STUDIED  EXACTLY 

branch  of  it.  Considering:  that  the  whole  Church  has 
been  hopelessly  divided  since  the  first  few  centuries 
of  the  Christian  era,  the  reference  to  the  infallible 
authority  of  the  Church  can  only  be  made  with  respect 
to  opinions  that  were  held  in  common  by  the  Fathers 
of  the  early  Church  and  to  those  that  were  defined  in 
the  Creeds. 

The  unsatisfactory  character  of  this  position  is 
demonstrated  by  the  extravagance  of  the  assumption 
that  underlies  it,  that  the  Church  of  the  first  few 
centuries  was  in  possession  of  a  gift  which  has  been 
practically  denied  to  the  Church  since— an  assumption 
which,  as  a  Roman  Catholic  controversialist  has  put  it,* 
really  amounts  to  this,  ''that  the  Holy  Ghost  has  failed 
of  His  mission  during  two-thirds  of  the  lifetime  of  the 
Church  which  He  was  by  Divine  promise  to  lead  into 
all  truth."  Christ's  promise  to  His  Church  in  that 
view  can  only  be  read  to  mean,  '"  You  shall  not  be  led 
into  all  truth,  you  shall  not  advance  further  than  to 
what  was  attained  in  such  and  such  a  century."  More- 
over, it  is  quite  impossible  to  shew  that  the  saintly 
writers  of  the  early  Church,  much  as  they  may  have 
been  illuminated  by  the  Spirit  of  Truth,  were  not  never- 
theless subject  to  the  intellectual  limitations  of  their 
day.  We  know  for  certain  that  they  believed  and 
taught  as  truths  of  religion,  doctrines  such  as  that  of 
the  six  days'  Creation  and  the  rotation  of  the  sun  round 
the  earth,  which  are  now  acknowledged  to  be  erroneous, 
so  that  if  infallible  accuracy  is  to  be  attributed  to  such 

*  Quoted  by  Salmon.  2nd  Ed.  p.  27S 


AS   THE   OTHER   SCIENCES  ARE   STUDIED.       11 

opinions  concerning  religious  truth  as  were  held  by  all 
the  early  Fathers  alike,  infallible  accuracy  ought  to  be 
attributed  also  on  the  same  ground  to  many  exploded 
errors. 

The  fact  is,  there  has  been  a  very  considerable 
increase  of  human  learning  and  of  critical  power  since 
the  early  days  of  Christianity,  and  it  is  inevitable  that 
the  result  of  this  should  be  to  alter  men's  views  as  to 
the  way  in  which  the  truths  of  religion  are  to  be  under- 
stood. The  Church  of  this  age  must  be  in  some  points 
wiser  than  the  Church  of  the  Age  of  the  Councils, 
though  on  other  points  it  may  be  not  so  wise ;  and 
directly  that  is  conceded  the  Gallican  theory  of  infalli- 
bility at  once  breaks  down.  According  to  that  theory 
it  is  maintained  that  when  once  the  majority  of 
Christians  have  agreed  in  a  conclusion,  that  conclusion 
must  never  afterwards  be  called  in  question.  "  But 
why  not,"  as  Dr.  Salmon  asks,  ''  if  the  Church  has  in 
the  meantime  become  wiser  ?  If  God,  without  injustice 
and  without  danger  to  men's  souls,  can  leave  many  of 
His  people  for  a  considerable  time  imperfectly  informed 
and  even  in  erroneous  opinion  as  to  certain  doctrines, 
what  improbability  is  there  that  He  may  have  left  a 
whole  generation  imperfectly  or  erroneously  informed 
on  the  same  subject,  and  reserved  the  perception  of  the 
complete  truth  for  their  successors  ?  "  * 

The  full  stress  of  the  infallible  authority  of  the 
Church  is  laid  of  course  on  the  three  Creeds,  which 
are  now  taught  by  some  to  be  verbally  infallible  in  the 

*  Ibid,   page  177. 


12    WHY  THEOLOGY  SHOULD  BE  STUDIED  EXACTLY 

-  J 

way  that  the  Bible  was  formerly  taught  to  be  verbally 
infallible,  so  that  the  rejection  of  the  Creeds  is  now 
represented  to  be  "  a  greater  bar  to  Christian  fellow- 
ship than  the  rejection  of  the  New  Testament  itself." 
There  can  be  no  question  that  the  Nicene  Creed, 
having  been  drawn  up  by  a  majority  of  the  Bishops 
of  the  Christian  Church  in  the  fourth  century,  has 
remarkable  claims  upon  the  reverential  attention  of 
all  students  of  theology,  and,  as  will  be  pointed  out 
later  on,  there  are  good  reasons  for  believing  on 
other  grounds  that  all  the  articles  that  compose  it  are 
substantially  true.  But  to  believe  implicitly  in  the 
absolute  verbal  accuracy  of  the  Nicene  Creed  on  the 
ground  of  the  infallible  authority  of  the  Church  is 
really  to  rest  one's  faith  on  the  proposition,  that  the 
Christians  of  the  fourth  century  were  possessed  of  a 
power  of  defining  the  truths  of  religion  which  was 
never  possessed  before  and  has  never  been  possessed 
since,  a  proposition  of  which  no  proof  can  be  given, 
and  which  is  indeed  utterly  improbable.  It  may  be 
urged  that  the  authority  of  the  Church  in  favour  of 
the  Creeds  gains  in  weight  from  the  fact  of  their  having 
been  assented  to  by  the  majority  of  Christians  in  every 
age  of  the  Church  since ;  but  it  is  clear  that  they  have 
been  assented  to  on  the  ground  of  the  belief  that  those 
who  composed  them  were  divinely  preserved  from 
error.  Christians  of  subsequent  ages  have  been  un- 
willing to  set  their  private  judgment  against  the 
supposed  infaUible  authority  of  the  compilers  of  the 
Creeds. 


AS   THE   OTHER   SCIENCES  ARE   STUDIED.       13 

If  it  is  said  further  that,  after  all,  the  compilers  of  the 
Creeds  merely  put  together  what  they  found  in  the 
Bible  and  added  to  it  nothing  new,  the  answer  is 
obvious.  The  terminology  which  they  used  was  in 
itself  for  the  most  part  new,  supplied  by  the  philosophy 
of  the  day,  and  it  was  no  slight  change  to  embed  the 
truths  of  reHgion  in  a  framework  extraneous  to  the  first 
form  of  Christianity.  From  this  point  of  view,  there- 
fore, the  assertion  of  the  verbal  infallibility  of  the 
Creeds  really  amounts  to  the  assertion  that  the 
philosophy  of  the  fourth  century  was  exactly  fitted 
to  provide  a  perfect  mould  of  expression  for  the  theo- 
logical truths  contained  in  the  Bible;  yet  it  is  surely  not 
self-evident  why  the  philosophy  of  the  fourth  century 
had  an  advantage  in  that  respect  over  the  more 
developed  and,  in  many  respects,  improved  philosophy 
of  our  own  time. 

For  these  and  similar  reasons  the  doctrine  of  **  diffu- 
sive "  Church  infaUibility,  as  it  is  called,  is  as  unsatis- 
factory a  basis  for  a  Christian  to  rest  his  faith  upon 
as  the  doctrine  of  the  infaUibility  of  the  Roman  branch 
of  the  Church.* 

Involved  as  he  is  in  such  hopeless  perplexity  when 
he  listens  to  what  the  different  schools  of  Christian 
thought  have  to  say  to  him  respecting  the  proper  basis 
of  his  religious  belief,  it  is  not  surprising  that  the  man 
of  modern  culture  should  find  himself  strengthened  in 

*  It  may  be  worth  while  to  point  out  that  this  is  not  to  say  that 
there  is  not  an  authority  of  the  Church.  It  is  the  assumption  of  the 
mfallibility  of  the  Church  in  one  form  or  another  that  has  been  found 
to  be  improbable,  or  at  any  rate  useless  for  practical  purposes. 


14    WHY  THEOLOGY  SHOULD  BE  STUDIED  EXACTLY 

his  prejudice  against  any  and  every  a  priori  assumption 
as  to  how  God  would  certify  His  truth  to  men.  What 
we  have  seen  of  late,  therefore,  in  some  quarters  is  the 
absolute  rejection  of  every  theory  of  Biblical  inspiration 
and  of  Church  authority,  and  the  subjection  of  all 
religious  questions  to  the  freest  investigation.  The 
result  has  been  a  wide-spread  scepticism  concerning 
many  articles  of  the  Christian  Faith.  It  has  been 
represented  either  that  they  have  been  tried  in  the 
ordinary  balances  of  truth  and  have  been  found  wanting, 
or  that  they  are  without  the  range  of  scientific  enquiry, 
so  that  nothing  can  with  surety  be  known  of  them. 

Now,  apart  from  all  controversy,  those  articles  of 
the  Christian  Faith  which  plainly  represent  the  actual 
teaching  of  Christ,  and  which  would  be  regarded  as 
fundamental  by  all  Christians,  and  as  distinctive  of 
Christianity  by  all  non-Christians,  have  been  the 
religious  mainstay  of  many  thousands  of  conscientious 
and  thoughtful  persons.  It  can  scarcely  be  denied  that 
hitherto  they  have  inspired  the  purest  morality  that  has 
been  exhibited  on  earth,  and  have  afforded  the  greatest 
possible  encouragement  and  consolation  in  labour  and 
sorrow  to  those  who  have  heartily  believed  them. 
Their  known  practical  effect  makes  it  exceedingly 
improbable  that  they  are  in  substance  false.  So  that 
there  may  be  many,  who,  while  sharing  the  prevalent 
dissatisfaction  with  exclusive  appeals  to  authority, 
whether  Biblical  or  Ecclesiastical,  feel  nevertheless 
that  the  process  of  reasoning  is  defective,  by  which 
it  is  contended  that  the  fundamental  articles  of  the 


AS   THE    OTHER   SCIENCES  ARE   STUDIED.       15 

Christian  Faith  have  been  shewn  to  be  unworthy  of 
belief.  Those  who  have  enquired  into  them  with 
this  result  in  the  name  of  scientific  truth  have 
professed  and  have  thought  themselves  to  have  been 
guided  by  the  scientific  method,  but  it  can  be  shewn 
that  in  several  particulars  they  have  departed  somewhat 
from  those  principles  which  as  a  rule  they  undeviatingly 
adhere  to  in  the  study  of  other  branches  of  knowledge. 
They  have  made  imperfect  inductions  by  rejecting  cer- 
tain classes  of  facts  which  should  not  be  left  out  of 
account  in  the  study  of  theology,  they  have  arbitrarily 
refused  to  allow  that  any  other  faculty  of  man  than  the 
reasoning  faculty  can  render  any  assistance  towards  the 
discovery  or  verification  of  religious  truth,  they  have 
paid  little  or  no  attention  to  the  enlightening  power 
of  personal  goodness  as  an  aid  to  the  perception  of  a 
certain  class  of  truths,  and  they  have  made  affirmations 
in  the  name  of  science  which  are  demonstrably  untrue 
and  unsupported  by  the  evidence  of  experience. 

Instances  of  such  imperfect  inductions  and  un- 
grounded affirmations  will  be  given  later.  Meanwhile 
it  may  be  suggested  that  the  best  hope  of  a  final  agree- 
ment about  the  subject  matter  of  religious  belief  is  to 
be  looked  for  in  the  adoption  by  all  of  a  common  method 
of  enquiry.  At  present  the  theologian  depends  for  the 
demonstration  of  his  conclusions  on  one  style  of  argu- 
ment, and  his  opponent  on  another,  with  the  result 
that  there  is  a  hopeless  misunderstanding  between 
them.  That  misunderstanding  will  certainly  continue 
until    they   find    some    common    ground   upon   which 


16    WHY  THEOLOGY  SHOULD  BE  STUDIED  EXACTLY 

to   base   their   reasoning,   and   such   common   ground 
can  only  be  found  in  the  agreement  to  study  theology 
scientifically,   in   other  words,  to  deal  with   theology 
in    the    same    way    that     every    other     science     has 
come   to   be   dealt  with.     Till   that  is  done,  not  only 
will    theologians    stand    apart  from    a   large    number 
of  students    of    science,    notably    of    biological    and 
anthropological   science,   appealing   to    them   in   vain 
for    the    acceptance   of  their   dogmas,  but    they   will 
continue  to  fail  of  the  support  of  the  many  who  ac- 
cept the  demonstrated   facts  of  science,  and  who  are 
not   nevertheless   out   of  sympathy  with  the  aims   of 
Christian   teachers,  though  they  reject  some  of  their 
dogmas.     This    is    a     circumstance     that     ought     to 
very    profoundly    impress    the    Christian    theologian, 
that    there     is    a     deeply     rooted     prejudice    against 
theology  in  the  minds    of  many  thoughtful    and    cul- 
tivated persons,  who  yet  avow  themselves  Christians. 
Among    not    only    the    special    students     of    science, 
but     the     poets,    the     litterateurs,    and     the     ethical 
writers    of   the    present    day,    dogmatic    theology    is 
held   in  but    slight    estimation.     The  present    style  of 
apologetics  may  avail  somewhat  to  strengthen  the  faith 
of  those  who  acquired  their  religious   opinions    apart 
from  the  evolution  view  of  the  origin  of  Nature,  or  who, 
though  generally  well-informed,  are  not  fully  aware  of 
the  extent  to  which  modern  discoveries   appear  to  tell 
against  the  truth  of  certain  beliefs ;  but  as  a  means  of 
persuading    those    whose    minds    are    saturated    with 
modern   ideas  it  is  useless.     An  immense   amount  of 


AS    THE    OTHER    SCIENCES  ARE   STUDIED.       17 

labour  and  ingenuity  in  the  sphere  of  Christian 
apologetics  is  simply  wasted,  because  it  is  ineffectual 
as  a  means  of  removing  the  objections  to  theology  as 
it  is  commonly  taught,  which  are  entertained  by  the 
leaders  of  modern  thought,  whose  opinions  are  certain 
to  gain  more  and  more  acceptance  with  the  reading 
pubhc,  and  through  it  with  all  classes  of  the  community. 
Theologians  have  then  nothing  to  lose,  and  probably  a 
great  deal  to  gain,  by  coming  down  from  their  high 
standpoint  of  authority  and  of  a  priori  reasoning,  and 
boldly  submitting  the  premisses  upon  which  their  argu- 
ments are  constructed  to  the  test  of  the  inductive 
method,  in  the  confidence  that,  as  their  doctrines  are 
true,  the  truth  of  them  will  be  made  not  the  less  but 
the  more  apparent,  when  they  are  investigated  by  a 
method  which  is  acceptable  to  those  whom  they  wish 
to  convince. 

Yet  it  may  be  objected  that  it  is  an  impossibility  for 
theology  to  be  placed  on  a  level  with  the  other  sciences, 
since  the  class  of  things  with  which  theology  deals  are 
not  capable  of  being  subjected  to  scientific  scrutiny  in 
the  sense  in  which  this  is  true  of  the  objects  of  outward 
Nature.  The  same  objection  was  till  recently  supposed 
to  hold  good  with  reference  to  mental  and  moral  science  ; 
but  John  Stuart  Mill  has  disposed  of  it  by  a  chain  of 
reasoning  which,  mutatis  mutandis,  may  well  be  applied 
to  the  case  of  theology.  He  has  shewn  "^^  that  any  facts 
are  fitted  in  themselves  to  be  a  subject  of  science  which 
follow  one  another  according  to  constant  laws,  although 

*A  System  of  Logic ^  Book  VI. 
B 


18     WHY  THEOLOGY  SHOULD  BE  STUDIED  EXACTLY 

those  laws  may  not  have  been  discovered,  nor  even  be 
discoverable  by  our  existing  resources.  As  yet  the 
state  of  mental  and  moral  science  may  not  be  as  satis- 
factory as  might  be  desired,  yet  none  can  deny  that 
by  the  use  of  the  scientific  method  of  enquiry  a  great 
deal  has  of  late  been  ascertained  and  a  great  deal  is 
likely  to  be  still  further  ascertained  in  the  future 
respecting  the  mental  nature  of  man  and  the  laws 
relating  to  human  conduct.  The  affinity  between 
theology  and  ethics,  for  example,  is  so  close,  and  the 
difficulties  which  beset  the  study  of  either  science  are 
so  similar,  that  it  is  not  easy  to  see  why  the  one  science 
is  capable  of  being  placed  on  an  inductive  footing  and 
not  the  other. 

Yet  it  may  be  argued,  that,  after  all,  mental  and  moral 
science  only  relates  to  man  while  theology  relates  to 
God,  and  that,  therefore,  though  men  may  best  dis- 
cover by  observation  and  generalisation  what  is  true 
in  regard  to  human  affairs,  the  method  must  be 
ineffectual  when  applied  to  the  things  of  God,  which 
are  necessarily  beyond  the  scope  of  ordinary  obser- 
vation. What,  for  example,  could  a  scientist  learn  in 
the  ordinary  way  about  the  doctrine  of  the  Trinity  ? 
Nay,  what  can  be  learnt  for  certain  by  the  scien- 
tific method  about  the  very  existence  of  God  ?  Have 
not  some  scientists  told  us  that  they  have  *'  swept 
the  heavens  with  their  telescopes,  and  found  no 
God  ?  " 

The  objection  is  one  which  shews  how  great  is  the 
difficulty  of  obtaining  exact  knowledge  about  the  things 


AS  THE  OTHER  SCIENCES  ARE  STUDIED.         19 

of  God — greater  by  far  than  the  difficulty  of  obtaining 
exact  knowle(]ge  about  the  nature  of  man,  and  how 
necessary  it  is  that  all  the  conditions  of  successful 
enquiry  concerning  the  nature  of  God  should  be  com- 
plied with,  but  it  holds  good  for  no  more  than  that. 
It  never  has  been  a  dogma  of  theology  that  man 
cannot  "  receive  the  things  of  the  Spirit  of  God,"  but 
only  the  natural  man.  Theology  deals  with  a  class  of 
facts  which  are  only  discernible  and  appreciable  by 
those  whose  intelligence  is  illuminated  by  purity 
of  heart.  By  a  strict  process  of  inductive  reasoning 
the  theologian  can  shew  that  the  *'  things  of  the 
Spirit  of  God "  are  to  be  "  spiritually  judged."  In 
other  words,  a  strong  presumption  amounting  to 
positive  proof  can  be  made  out  in  favour  of  the  reality 
of  certain  propositions  which  are  held  to  be  true 
with  a  consensus  of  certitude  by  men  of  the  very 
highest  spiritual  type.  It  can  be  shewn  that  certain 
facts  concerning  the  nature  and  will  of  God  are  only 
ascertainable  in  the  first  instance  by  those  in  whom 
high  intellect  is  combined  with  high  character,  as 
though  the  fullest  development  of  a  man's  mental  and 
moral  powers  had  the  effect  of  opening  to  him  sources 
of  knowledge  to  which  men  of  less  mental  and  spiritual 
elevation  cannot  pent^trate.  It  has  been  represented 
hitherto  that  knowledge  so  obtained  has  been  acquired 
by  the  process  of  "  revelation,"  i.e.,  by  the  unveiling  by 
God  to  chosen  men  of  truths  concerning  Himself  which 
common  men  are  not  able  or  worthy  to  perceive. 
Whether  the  term  "  revelation  "  fitly  expresses  the  facts 


20    WHY  THEOLOGY  SHOULD  BE  STUDIED  EXACTLY 

of  the  case  will  be  a  matter  for  subsequent  enquiry. 
It  is  sufficient  now  to  point  out  that  even  if  the  term  is 
rightly  used,  if  religious  knowledge  is  actually  acquired 
by  special  communication  from  God,  it  is  quite  possible 
nevertheless  for  the  truths  of  religion  to  be  made  the 
subject  of  inductive  enquiry.  Even  if  it  were  proved 
that  the  highest  truths  are  "  revealed  "  there  would  be 
every  necessity  that  it  should  be  ascertained  exactly 
what  truths  are  revealed.  Even  if  it  were  admitted 
that  human  knowledge  concerning  the  essential  subject 
matter  of  religious  belief  has  an  extra-ordinary  source, 
yet,  inasmuch  as  men  are  the  instruments  by  whom 
this  knowledge  is  conveyed  to  men,  and  inasmuch  as  it 
has  to  be  conveyed  to  others  by  means  of  speech  or 
writing,  it  is  most  demonstrably  requisite  that  the 
scientific  method  of  reasoning  should  be  employed, 
in  order  to  distinguish  what  is  pure  religious  truth 
from  what  is  not,  to  eliminate  from  the  statements 
of  the  recipient  of  Revelation  those  portions  which 
bear  the  impress  of  his  imperfections,  and  to  discover 
everywhere  the  permanent  elements  of  religion  beneath 
the  forms  in  which  they  are  transitorily  clothed,  so 
that  it  may  be  discerned  what  is  rightly  the  subject 
matter  of  religious  belief,  and  what  has  usurped  its 
place. 

It  is  on  matters  of  this  kind  that  the  gravest  mistakes 
have  been  made  both  by  theologians  and  their  oppo- 
nents, and  there  is  no  possibility  of  either  arriving  at 
correct  conclusions,  and  so  coming  to  agree  with  one 
another,    until   they   both   adopt    a   strictly    scientific 


AS  THE  OTHER  SCIENCES  ARE  STUDIED.         21 

method  of  investigatingthe  problems  with  which  theology 
deals.  If  they  do  meet  on  this  common  ground,  sooner 
or  later  they  will  arrive  at  the  same  results.  It  may 
be  later  rather  than  sooner.  Even  now,  for  example, 
though  the  theory  of  evolution  has  been  before  the 
world  for  upwards  of  thirty  years,  there  is  by  no  means 
perfect  agreement  among  biologists  as  to  the  process 
by  which  different  species  are  produced  and  perpetuated. 
It  was  the  opinion  of  Darwin,  and  is  still  that  of  many, 
that  natural  selection  is  the  chief,  but  not  the  only, 
cause  of  organic  evolution,  while  Mr.  Wallace  and 
others  believe  that  natural  selection  is  the  sole  and  only 
principle  which  has  been  concerned  in  the  develop- 
ment both  of  life  and  of  mind  from  the  amoeba  to  the 
ape.  Still,  inasmuch  as  both  the  school  of  Darwin  and 
that  of  Wallace  are  working  by  precisely  the  same 
method  of  investigation,  and  submit  their  conclusions 
to  precisely  the  same  kind  of  proof,  there  can  be  little 
doubt  but  that  eventually  they  will  arrive  at  the  same 
opinion.  Similarly  there  is  every  probability  that 
an  agreement  will  be  arrived  at  respecting  various 
doctrines  of  theology  which  are  now  in  dispute,  when 
once  a  common  method  of  investigating  them  has  been 
adopted  ;  only,  from  the  greater  difficulty  of  research 
into  theological  truth,  and  the  greater  complexity  of 
the  subject,  the  time  when  there  will  be  an  agreement 
as  to  results  is  likely  to  be  more  distant. 

It  seems  therefore  worth  while  to  attempt  to  lay 
down  one  or  two  principles  which  should  be  generally 
assented  to  and  acted  upon  in  the  investigation  of  the 


22    WHY  THEOLOGY  SHOULD  BE  STUDIED  EXACTLY 

subject  matter  of  religious  belief.  Discarding  all  arbi- 
trary assumptions  as  to  the  exclusive  claims  of  any- 
kind  of  authority,  and  rejecting  on  the  other  hand  the 
unscientific  prejudgment  of  different  religious  questions, 
it  ought  to  be  possible  for  students  of  religious  truth  to 
arrive  at  something  like  a  consensus  of  opinion  on  such 
points  as  the  following. 

I.  The  statements  of  the  Bible  concerning  scien- 
tific matters  are  to  be  treated  in  exactly  the  same 
way  as  similar  statements  in  all  other  books  are  treated. 
There  is  no  preponderant  weight  to  be  attached  to  the 
authority  of  any  ancient  book,  however  sacred,  or  to 
the  opinions  of  any  class  of  men,  however  honest  and 
wise,  with  respect  to  matters  of  scientific  fact.  The 
truth  or  falsehood  of  all  such  assertions  is  to  be  deter- 
mined by  a  comparison  of  them  with  the  certain  results 
of  scientific  research,  carried  on  strictly  according  to 
the  inductive  method  of  reasoning.  If,  for  example,  it 
is  conclusively  proved  by  this  method  that  the  different 
forms  of  animal  and  vegetable  life  were  not  produced  in 
six  days,  then  it  is  certain  that  the  first  chapter  of 
Genesis  does  not  give  a  scientifically  accurate  account 
of  the  origin  of  species.  If,  again,  it  can  be  demon- 
stratively shewn  that  such  a  thing  as  the  stoppage  of 
the  rotation  of  the  earth  upon  its  axis  for  a  period  of 
some  hours  has  never  taken  place  within  historic  times, 
then  it  must  be  allowed  by  all  that  the  quotation  from 
the  Book  of  Jasher  inserted  in  the  tenth  Chapter  of 
Joshua  (which  quotation,  by  the  way,  implies  the  belief 
of  the  author  that  the  sun  moved  round  the  earth),  does 


AS  THE  OTHER  SCIENCES  ARE  STUDIED.         23 


not  relate  a  scientific  fact.  Of  course  it  may  be  urged 
by  some,  that,  seeing  that  all  things  are  possible 
with  God,  it  is  quite  possible  that  He  may  have 
wrought  such  a  stupendous  miracle  on  behalf  of  a 
people  that  He  had  a  special  regard  for,  as  to  stop  the 
rotation  of  the  earth  in  order  that  that  favoured  people 
might  win  a  victory  over  another  people.  But  that 
objection  is  not  to  the  point.  It  would  not  be  seriously 
questioned  by  any  that  all  things  are  possible  with  God. 
The  question  at  issue  betv/een  those  who  beheve,  and 
those  who  do  not  believe,  that  the  quotation  from  the 
Book  of  Jasher  exactly  describes  an  objective  fact,  is  not 
a  question  as  to  whether  God  coidd  make  the  "  sun  to 
stand  still,"  but  as  to  whether  He  ever  did  such  a 
thing.  And  the  evidence  against  the  alleged  occur- 
rence is  simply  overwhelming.  Not  only  is  it  not 
written  in  the  records  of  the  solar  system,  as  science 
can  trace  them,  but  it  is  clean  contrary  to  all  reason- 
able probability.  The  authority  of  a  very  ancient  book 
written  in  days  when  there  was  no  truly  scientific 
knowledge  of  the  order  of  Nature,  and  even  the 
authority  of  thousands  of  good  men  who  have  firmly 
believed  in  the  story  since,  have  no  weight  whatever  in 
deciding  such  a  matter.  There  can  be  no  possibility  of 
any  substantial  agreement  between  the  theologian  and 
the  scientist  until  it  is  conceded  by  the  former  that  the 
statements  of  the  Bible  concerning  matters  of  physical 
science  are  to  be  subjected  to  the  ordinary  scientific 
method  of  proof.  The  utmost  that  the  theologian  can 
require  is,  that  in  testing  the  truth  of  such  statements, 


24    WHY  THEOLOGY  SHOULD  BE  STUDIED  EXACTLY 

the  scientific  method  shall  be  properly  used,  and  that 
no  conclusions  shall  be  drawn  with  regard  to  the 
truth  or  falsehood  of  the  narrative  of  an  alleged  miracle 
till  all  the  factors  have  been  weighed  by  means  of 
which  such  an  occurrence  might  possibly  have  taken 
place.  It  will  need  a  separate  chapter  to  discuss  this 
point,  but  meanwhile  it  may  be  stated  that  the  result 
of  a  proper  application  of  the  scientific  method  to  the 
examination  of  the  alleged  miracles  of  the  Bible  will 
not  be  to  disprove  all  the  reports  of  such  occurrences, 
but  to  give  a  different  explanation  of  some  of  them. 

II.  A  second  principle  that  must  be  assented  to  by 
students  of  religious  literature  in  order  that  they  may 
pursue  their  investigations  upon  common  ground  is, 
that  questions  of  literary  and  historical  criticism  must 
be  freed  from  the  embargo  of  authority.  There  must  be 
no  limit  to  the  employment  in  the  study  of  the  Bible  of 
those  methods  of  criticism  which  have  been  applied 
with  such  fruitful  results  to  other  ancient  literatures. 
The  student  of  the  Old  and  New  Testaments  must  not 
be  debarred  from  certain  lines  of  investigation  by  any  a 
priori  assumption  as  to  the  inspiration  of  Holy  Scripture 
or  the  authorship  of  certain  books.  It  must  be  permis- 
sible to  him  to  deal  freely  with  one  and  all  of  the  books  of 
the  Bible.  He  must  be  authorized  to  try  and  discover 
whether  the  five  books  commonly  attributed  to  Moses 
form  a  consecutive  narrative  written  by  one  man,  or 
whether  they  are  a  compilation  of  materials  composed 
at  different  periods  and  with  different  theological  and 
ethical  characteristics.     He  must  be  allowed  to  deter- 


AS  THE  OTHER  SCIENCES  ARE  STUDIED.         25 

mine,  if  he  can,  by  internal  or  external  evidence,  how 
many,  or  if  any,  of  the  Psalms  were  written  by  David, 
whether  the  Book  of  Isaiah  is,  or  is  not,  entirely  from 
the  hand  of  the  prophet  who  was  contemporary  with 
Hezekiah,   and   whether   in   the    rendering    of   certain 
passages  of  the  Bible  the  reading  of  the  Septuagint  or 
of  the  Hebrew  text  is  to  be  preferred.     Moreover,  he 
must    be   considered    at   liberty  to    test    the   historical 
statements  of  the  Bible  by  comparing  them  with  the 
contemporary  records  of  other  nations.     In  short,  the 
Biblical  critic   must  have   a  free   hand,   it    being   only 
understood  that  his  criticism  must  be  honest  and  fair. 
It   must  be   carried   on   and   its   results   stated   with   a 
regard  for  the  supreme  reverence  in  which  the  books  of 
the  Bible  have  ever  been  held,  and  with  a  sincere  desire 
to  elucidate  the  truth  which  they  contain.     Above  all 
things,  the  critic  must  take  care  that  by  emulating  the 
humility,  the  good  faith,  and  the  personal  holiness  of 
the  sacred  writers,  as  they  are  rightly  called,  he  may  be 
qualified  to  apprehend  their  full  meaning,  and  to  sympa- 
thize with  their  general  aims,  it  being  an  indispensable 
canon  of  Biblical  study,  as  stated  by  the  author  of  the 
Imitation  of  Christ  that  ''each  part  of  Scripture  is  to  be 
read  with  the  same  spirit  wherewith  it  was  written." 
Undoubtedly  some  free  critics  of  the  Bible  have  failed 
in  this,  and  in  consequence  they  have  not  only  arrived 
at   erroneous    results   in    their   critical   researches,  but 
they  have  excited  a  just  prejudice  against  themselves 
on  the  part  of  those  who  from  mistaken  reverence  have 
deprecated  the  free  and  full  criticism  of  the  Bible. 


26    WHY  THEOLOGY  SHOULD  BE  STUDIED  EXACTLY 

It  must  be  added  that  no  criticism  of  the  Bible  can 
be  satisfactory  or  lead  to  true  results,  unless  a  due 
deference  is  paid  to  the  opinions  current  nearest  to  the 
time  when  the  Bible  was  composed,  and  to  the 
authority  of  Biblical  scholars  in  the  past.  There  is 
no  deference  due  to  the  kind  of  authority  by  which  it 
was  imposed  by  a  decree  of  the  Council  of  Trent*  on 
the  members  of  the  Roman  Church  that  they  should 
believe  that  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews  was  written  by 
St.  Paul ;  but  there  is  a  certain  weight  to  be  attached 
to  the  fact  that  at  that  period  there  was  a  widespread 
opinion  among  scholars  of  the  Roman  Church  in  favour 
of  the  Pauline  authorship  of  that  Epistle.  Similarly, 
the  modern  critic  of  the  Bible  cannot  do  his  work  in  a 
trul}^  scientific  spirit  unless  he  pays  a  proper  regard  to 
the  interpretations  and  the  critical  statements  to  be 
found  in  the  writing  of  the  early  Christian  Fathers  and 
of  the  best  scholars  in  each  branch  of  the  Church  since. 

III.  A  third  principle  that  must  be  accepted  by  all 
students  of  theology,  if  there  is  to  be  any  substantial 
agreement  between  them,  is  the  following : — That  in 
the  investigation  of  the  subject  matter  of  religious 
belief  very  high  authority  is  to  be  attached  to  the 
opinions  of  men  of  the  most  approved  wisdom  and 
the  most  conspicuous  purity  of  life.  Religious  truth, 
or  what  has  passed  for  such,  has  always  been  brought 
to  light,  not  by  mere  students  and  philosophers,  but  by 
men  who  have  had  a  peculiar  power  of  discerning  it. 

*  "  Testameati  Novi  ....  quatuordecim  Epistolae  Pauli  Apostoli, 
ad  Romanos,  &c ad  Hebraeos." 


AS  THE  OTHER  SCIENCES  ARE  STUDIED.         27 

It  has  not  been  reasoned  out,  as  is  the  case  with  most 
other  kinds  of  truths,  but  "  seen."  Whether  this  power 
of  "vision,"  which  has  always  been  supposed  to 
characterize  those  who  have  added  to  or  purified  the 
knowledge  of  rehgious  truth,  is  in  part  explicable  as 
an  abnormal  facility  for  reasoning  correctly  concerning 
the  deep  things  of  Nature  and  of  human  life,  may  be  a 
debatable  question.  On  the  whole,  however,  there 
seems  good  reason  for  thinking  that  the  word  ''seeing" 
rather  than  the  word  "  reasoning  "  best  describes  what 
actually  takes  place  when  a  man  acquires  what  has 
been  wont  to  be  called  a  ''  revelation."  There  are 
certain  states  of  consciousness  in  which  truths  hitherto 
unknown  are  perceived  as  by  a  flash  of  inward  light, 
just  as  objects  in  Nature  are  suddenly  revealed  to  the 
outward  eye  by  the  light  of  the  sun  when  it  falls  upon 
them,  and  it  seems  as  reasonable  to  associate  the 
authorship  of  the  one  kind  of  illumination  as  of  the 
other,  with  the  Ultimate  Source  of  all  things.  At  any 
rate,  in  every  case  the  absolutely  essential  condition 
of  obtaining  such  fresh  knowledge  of  religious  truth 
has  always  been  a  detachment  from  selfish  and  ignoble 
aims  and  a  desire  to  be  taught  by  a  Power  outside  one's 
self,  and  those  who  have  laid  claim  to  the  possession  of 
new  religious  truth  have  always  asserted  that  they  have 
not  found  it  out  for  themselves,  but  that  it  has  been 
"revealed  "  to  them.  Thus  they  have  established  a  strong 
presumption  in  favour  of  the  opinion  that  religious 
truth  is  in  the  first  instance  conveyed  to  men  not  by 
the  ordinary  processes  of  knowledge  but  in  some  way 


28    WHY  THEOLOGY  SHOULD  BE  STUDIED  EXACTLY 

unknown  to  us,  which  cannot  be  more  accurately 
described  than  by  the  name  of  "  revelation."  Dealing 
with  the  facts  as  we  find  them,  we  are  bound  to 
acknowledge  that  some  men  have  exhibited  an  excep- 
tional power  of  ascertaining  religious  truth,  and  we 
cannot  fail  to  observe  that  there  is  an  inseparable 
connection  between  what  we  are  fain  to  call  religious 
insight  and  holiness  of  life.  That  the  facts  so  con- 
veyed to  us  are  facts,  is  attested  by  their  adaptability 
to  explain  the  mysteries  of  life  and  to  guide  conduct. 
They  are  accepted  as  true  because  they  are  verified  in 
a  most  conclusive  manner  by  the  experience  of  thousands. 
And  whatever  may  or  may  not  be  known  exactly  as  to 
how  they  were  first  apprehended,  it  is  thus  rendered 
absolutely  certain  that  those  who  did  first  apprehend 
them  were  possessed  of  a  power  of  discerning  religious 
truth  which  ordinary  men  do  not  possess,  and  that, 
therefore,  their  authority  is  entitled  to  the  utmost  weight 
when  enquiry  is  made  into  any  of  the  matters  about 
which  they  have  made  pronouncements. 

IV.  It  must  next  be  agreed  that  affirmations  concern- 
ing what  is  said  to  have  been  "  revealed,"  definitions 
of  doctrine,  may  be  legitimately  examined,  in  order 
that  it  may  be  ascertained  whether  or  not  they  have 
been  correctly  argued  out,  and  that  even  the  original 
products  of  what  is  alleged  to  be  revelation  are 
to  be  tested,  as  far  as  possible,  by  their  agreement  or 
disagreement  with  the  indubitable  truths  which  have 
been  brought  to  light  since  they  were  first  delivered. 
The  doctrine  of  the  Trinity,  for  example,  is  not  to  be 


AS  THE  OTHER  SCIENCES  ARE  STUDIED.         29 

considered  beyond  the  scope  of  criticism  because  it 
has  been  affirmed  by  General  Councils  and  has  been 
assented  to  by  a  majority  of  Christians  in  every  age 
smce.  It  must  be  recognized  as  quite  reasonably 
permissible  to  go  behind  the  Creeds,  and  to  investigate 
whether  or  not  they  accurately  embody  what  is  taught 
in  the  Bible  concerning  the  Divine  Nature.  It  goes 
without  saying  that  all  the  theological  opinions,  whether 
set  forth  in  the  Creeds  or  not,  which  men  have  pro- 
fessed to  have  derived  from  the  Bible,  concerning  such 
matters  as  the  efficacy  of  the  death  of  Christ,  the 
nature  of  the  Resurrection,  and  the  future  state,  must 
be  considered  to  be  credible  or  not  according  as  they 
accurately  represent  the  teaching  of  the  Bible,  or  as 
they  are  conformable,  when  such  conformity  is  possible 
and  may  be  sought  for,  with  the  testimony  of  science 
and  history,  and  as  they  lie  within  the  region  of 
reasonable  probability. 

Further  than  this,  even  the  theological  teaching  of 
the  Bible  in  every  part  of  it  must  be  held  to  be  a  legiti- 
mate subject  of  criticism.  Such  doctrines  as  the 
Fatherhood  of  God,  the  Divinity  of  Christ,  and  the 
existence  and  influence  of  spiritual  beings,  are  to  be 
examined  with  reference  to  the  teachings  of  science  (in 
the  broadest  sense — not  physical  science  only)  and 
experience,  so  that  it  may  be  ascertained  whether  there 
is  a  reasonable  basis  for  belief  in  them.  It  must  be 
understood,  however,  that  the  collective  opinion  of  the 
wise  and  good  in  the  past  must  be  considered  to  have  a 
distinct  though  by  no  means  an  infallible  authority,  on 


30    WHY  THEOLOGY  SHOULD  BE  STUDIED  EXACTLY 

similar  grounds  to  those  laid  down  in  the  previous 
section,  in  determining  the  truth  in  respect  to  those 
doctrines. 

V.  It  must  also  be  admitted  by  all  serious  and  fair- 
minded  students  of  theology  that  faith  is  a  legitimate 
factor  in  the  building  up  of  a  personal  belief  in  those 
doctrines  of  religion  which  when  tested  by  reason  are 
seen  only  to  lie  in  the  region  of  the  probable.  When 
the  choice  is  put  before  a  man  of  accepting  one  of  two 
opposite  opinions,  neither  of  which  is  demonstratively 
certain,  but  one  of  which  must  be  true,  and  when  it  is 
inevitable  that  he  should  accept  one  or  the  other,  it 
must  be  acknowledged  that  it  is  a  reasonable  and  right 
thing  for  him  to  decide  in  favour  of  that  which  his 
interest  and  his  better  feelings  alike  incline  him  to  prefer. 

VI.  All  questions  relating  to  religious  rites  and  cere- 
monies, Church  government,  and  the  like,  must  be 
finally  decided  by  the  test  of  propriety  and  utility,  and 
the  best  criterion  of  this  propriety  and  utility  is  afforded 
by  the  opinions  and  customs  of  Christians  since  the 
foundation  of  the  Church,  justified  as  they  are,  or  the 
reverse,  by  the  verdict  of  history.  The  authority  of  the 
Church  has  most  weight  in  matters  of  ritual  and  morals, 
as  it  rests  on  such  an  enormous  mass  of  observed  facts 
and  experience  in  human  nature;  but  the  authority  of 
the  Church,  which  is  properly  the  authority  of  Christian 
opinion  and  custom,  must  not  be  limited  in  time  or 
space :  the  Church  whose  authority  is  to  be  quoted  is 
post-Reformation  as  well  as  pre-Reformation,  and  it  is 
co-extensive  with  the   Christian  world.     It  is  evident 


AS  THE  OTHER  SCIENCES  ARE  STUDIED.         31 

that  an  opinion  or  custom  universally  prevalent  at  one 
period  of  history  loses  a  certain  proportion  of  the 
weight  of  authority  in  its  favour  when  it  has  been 
forcibly  protested  against  at  another  period."^'  In  this 
view  it  will  be  seen  that  there  is  not  universal  author- 
ity— Catholic  authority  in  the  proper  sense  of  the  word — 
in  favour  of  episcopacy,  because  since  the  Reformation 
it  has  not  prevailed  in  every  quarter  of  the  Christian 
world ;  but  there  is  a  preponderance  of  Christian 
opinion  and  custom  in  favour  of  it.  Similarly,  there 
is  a  preponderance  of  authority  in  favour  of  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  Christian  year  in  the  Church  of  England,  as 
a  method  of  commemorating  the  chief  events  in  the  life 
of  Christ  and  securing  the  remembrance  of  the  chief 
articles  of  Christian  belief. 

VII.  It  is  of  supreme  importance  that  it  should  be 
noted  by  all,  that  an  earnest  desire  to  seek  information 
in  every  quarter  from  which  knowledge  concerning 
religious  truth  can  be  acquired,  and  a  resolute  intention 
to  free  oneself  from  every  possible  tinge  of  prejudice, 
and  to  cultivate  a  hearty  willingness  to  discover  and 
duly  appreciate  truth  in  whatever  form  it  is  to  be  met 
with,  is  indispensably  necessary  to  the  successful  study 
of  theology.  The  science  of  God  and  the  science  of 
human  conduct  in  reference  to  God  must  have  rela- 
tion to  every  science  which  deals  with  the  works  of 
God  and  the  nature  and  history  of  man.  The  pro- 
fessed theologian  cannot,  without  running  the  risk  of 

*This  is  in  accordance  with  the  Vincentian  rule, — "quod  seynper,  quod 
ubique,  quod  ah  om^iibus." 


32    WHY  THEOLOGY  SHOULD  BE  STUDIED  EXACTLY 


very  serious  error,  allow  himself  to  be  ignorant  of  the 
results  of  the  latest  research  in  all  the  principal  depart- 
ments of  science— astronomy,  geology,  biology,  anthro- 
pology, and  archaeology.  It  is  particularly  needful 
that  he  should  be  accurately  informed  concerning  the 
origin  and  development  of  religious  ideas  throughout 
the  world,  the  history  of  ecclesiastical  institutions,  and 
the  evolution  of  morality,  as  these  matters  are  treated 
by  those  who  have  made  a  special  study  of  them. 

He  is  not  properly  equipped  for  the  service  of  the 
"  Queen  of  Sciences "  who  has  not  endeavoured  to 
qualify  himself  for  the  task  by  the  acquisition  of  a 
diversified  culture.  Still  less  can  theological  truth  be 
thoroughly  grasped  without  the  most  sacred  care  for 
accuracy  in  the  study  of  the  subjects  which  are 
regarded  as  belonging  to  the  special  province  of 
theology,  such  as  the  literary  and  textual  criticism  of 
the  Bible,  Church  history,  and  Christian  literature.  Just 
as  no  professed  theologian  can  be  regarded  as  properly 
furnished  for  his  work  without  possessing  a  knowledge 
of  all  that  the  scientists  can  teach  him  that  bears  upon 
the  subject  of  his  study,  so  no  person  who  has  been 
careful  to  acquire  the  general  culture  of  the  day  can  be 
held  competent  to  pronounce  judgment  on  the  work  of 
the  theologian  until  he  has  acquainted  himself  with  all 
the  facts  which  have  shaped  the  opinions  that  have 
formed  themselves  in  the  theologian's  mind.  And  none, 
whatever  be  the  nature  and  degree  of  his  culture  and 
attainments,  can  arrive  at  an  accurate  perception  of 
particular   religious  truths    or  a  sense  of   their    value 


AS  THE  OTHER  SCIENCES  ARE  STUDIED.         33 

and  importance  without  the  experience  gained  by  teach- 
ing them  to  others,  or  observing  the  effects  either  in  the 
way  of  reproof  or  encouragement  or  consolation  that 
they  are  apt  to  produce  upon  men  and  women  of  every 
type  of  character  and  intelHgence  in  common  Hfe.* 

The  right  study  and  judgment  of  rehgious  questions 
demands  then  a  varied  knowledge  of  science,  of  history, 
and  of  the  nature  of  men,  as  well  as  of  specially  rehgious 
literature.  Still  more  imperatively  does  it  require  a 
moral  preparation  which  can  only  be  effected  by  the 
earnest  and  continued  effort  to  live  in  the  performance 
of  what  is  loving  and  true.  A  great  deal  of  the  bigotry 
on  the  one  hand  and  the  intemperate  scepticism  on  the 
other  that  are  rife  at  the  present  day  are  due  to  the 
neglect  of  this  primary  condition  of  successful  theolog- 
ical study,  not  simply  to  ignorance  of  truths  which  are 
complimentary  to  others  which  are  clearly  perceived, 
but  to  want  of  fairness,  want  of  candour,  and  an  insin- 
cere attachment  of  the  cause  of  truth  for  its  own  sake. 
It  may  be  quite  true,  as  Hooker  has  remarked,!  that 
"  by  the  bitter  strife  which  riseth  oftentimes  from  small 
differences  of  religious  belief,  and  is  by  so  much  always 

*Perhaps  the  ideal  training  for  a  theologian  is  to  study  in  a  University 
where  all  the  arts  and  sciences  are  taught  up  to  date,  to  pass  through  a 
divinity  school,  and  afterwards  to  engage  in  parochial  work.  This  was 
the  training  of  the  greatest  of  English  philosophical  theologians, 
Richard  Hooker. 

"  It  was  a  saying  of  Dr.  Arnold,  certainly  no  disparager  of  intellect, 
that  no  student  could  continue  long  in  a  healthy  religious  state  unless 
his  heart  was  kept  tender  by  mingling  with  children,  or  by  frequent 
intercourse  with  the  poor  and  suffering." 

— ^J.  C.  Shairp.     Culture  ajid  Religion.     Ed.  1884,   p.  90. 

t  Ecclesiastical  Polity,  Book  V.,  Ch.  i.  3. 
C 


34    WHY  THEOLOGY  SHOULD  BE  STUDIED  EXACTLY 

greater  as  the  matter  is  of  more  importance,  we  see  a 
general  agreement  in  the  secret  opinion  of  men,  that 
every  man  ought  to  embrace  the  rehgion  which  is  true, 
and  to  shun,  as  hurtful,  whatsoever  dissenteth  from  it;" 
but  it  is  equally  true  that  *'  in  any  controversy  the 
instant  we  feel  angry  we  have  already  ceased  striving 
for  truth  only,  and  begun  striving  for  ourselves."  No 
doubt  the  immense  issues  dependent  on  the  truths  of 
theology,  and  on  the  right  presentation  of  them,  seem 
to  justify  the  student  of  theology  in  his  indignant 
protests  against  what  he  judges  to  be  false,  and 
certainly  justify  him  in  his  censure  of  those  who  treat 
the  science  with  levity  or  in  a  spirit  of  wilful  perversity. 
And  yet  only  too  easily  does  the  personal  and  even 
selfish  element  enter  into  his  indignation.  He  is 
contending  for  doctrines  that,  as  he  judges,  are  of 
great  value  to  the  race,  but  which  are  also  very 
precious  to  himself,  and  that  not  simply  because  his 
present  peace  and  his  highest  hopes  are,  as  he  supposes, 
bound  up  with  them,  but  because  they  are  his  doctrines, 
adopted  by  him,  it  may  be,  after  much  toil  and  struggle 
of  head  and  heart,  or  because  they  are  the  doctrines 
of  the  religious  society  to  which  he  is  attached  and 
in  whose  honour  or  dishonour  he  indirectly  shares. 
Thus  his  zeal  for  truth  is  apt  to  become  very  largely  a 
zeal  for  his  own  interests  and  his  own  credit.  From 
such  a  bias  likely  to  lead  to  heated  defence  of  one's 
own  opinions,  it  is  exceeding  difficult  to  free  one's-self, 
and  yet  if  the  simple  willingness  to  discover  truth, 
and  the  simple  belief  in  the  excellence  and  the  power 


AS  THE  OTHER  SCIENCES  ARE  STUDIED.         35 

of  truth  however  brought  to  light,  were,  as  it  should  be, 
the  prime  motive  of  the  theological  student,  as  it  is, 
say,  of  the  enlightened  student  of  geology,  the  theologian 
would  be  as  calm  in  dealing  with  those  who  differ 
from  him  as  the  geologist.  The  geologist,  indeed,  can- 
not claim  moral  superiorit}^  over  the  theologian  on  the 
score  of  the  relative  calmness  with  which  he  deals  with 
his  science,  for  no  such  important  issues  to  himself  or 
to  others  are  dependent  on  the  accuracy  of  his  opinions. 
Nevertheless,  until  theological  questions  come  to  be 
discussed  on  either  side  with  the  same  absence  of 
acrimony  which  characterises  the  discussion  of  matters 
that  are  dealt  with  in  the  other  sciences,  it  cannot  be 
said  that  theology  is  being  studied  in  a  truly  scientific 
spirit  or  in  a  way  that  is  likely  to  lead  to  satisfactory 
and  permanent  results. 

In  the  succeeding  chapters  an  attempt  will  be  made 
to  show  what  conclusions  are  likely  to  be  arrived  at  by 
an  application  of  the  scientific  method  to  the  investi- 
gation of  some  of  the  articles  of  Christian  belief  that  are 
most  controverted  at  the  present  day. 


CHAPTER    11. 


GOD. 


N  endeavouring  to  deal  in  a  strictly  scientific 
way  with  the  subject  that  lies  at  the  foun- 
dation of  theology,  viz.,  the  existence  and 
nature  of  God,  it  will  be  convenient  first  to  review  the 
data  which  contribute  to  our  knowledge  of  God,  and 
then  to  compare  the  results  to  which  they  lead  us  with 
what  has  hitherto  been  the  Christian  doctrine  on  the 
subject. 

We  may  start  from  a  fact  which  may  be  assumed  to 
be  acknowledged  by  all  who  are  entitled  to  speak  with 
authority  on  matters  scientific  or  rehgious,  and  which 
may  be  stated  in  the  words  of  Mr.  Herbert  Spencer. 
"  We  are  obliged,"  he  says,  "  to  regard  every  phenom- 
enon as  a  manifestation  of  some  Power  by  which  we 
are  acted  upon  ;  ....  we  are  unable  to  think  of  limits 
to  the  presence  of  this  Power  ;*....  the  certainty 
that  it  exists  is  the  certainty  towards  which  intelli- 
gence has  from  the  first  been  progressing."!  And 
again,  "  One  truth  must  grow  ever  clearer — the  truth 
that  there  is  an  Inscrutable  Existence  everywhere 
manifested,  to  which  we  can  neither  find  nor  conceive 

*  First  Principles.     Ed.  1890,  p.  99.  -j-  Page  108. 


GOD.  37 

either  beginning  or  end.  Amid  the  mysteries  which 
become  the  more  mysterious  the  more  they  are  thought 
about,  there  will  remain  the  one  absolute  certainty, 
that  we  are  ever  in  presence  of  an  Infinite  and  Eternal 
Energy,  from  which  all  things  proceed."  *  This  then  is 
the  first  unquestionable  fact  that  we  have  to  take  into 
account  in  setting  theology  on  a  scientific  basis,  that 
there  is  "an  Inscrutable  Power  manifested  to  us 
through  all  phenomena,  an  Infinite  and  Eternal  Energy, 
from  which  all  things  proceed."  There  is  no  need  to 
dilate  on  this  proposition  by  way  of  proof  or  explana- 
tion. None  is  concerned  to  deny  it,  the  orthodox 
theologian  as  little  as  the  student  of  science  :  it  cannot 
be  denied. 

It  is  equally  certain  that,  to  utilize  the  phrase  of 
another  writer  f  who  stands  without  the  orthodox 
camp,  there  is  in  the  world  "  a  stream  of  tendency 
that  makes  for  righteousness."  There  is  no  fact  which 
is  more  capable  of  scientific  verification  than  this,  that  all 
our  actions  are  followed  by  certain  consequences  which 
are  exactly  proportioned  to  the  nature  of  those  actions. 
It  is  quite  true,  as  Mr.  Herbert  Spencer  says,  |  that 
"to  mentally  represent  even  a  single  series  of  those 
consequences,  as  it  stretches  out  into  the  remote 
future,  requires  a  rare  power  of  imagination  ;  and  to 
estimate  their  consequences  in  their  totality  requires  a 
grasp  of  thought  possessed  by  none."  Still  that  there 
are  such   consequences  proceeding  from  every  action, 

*  Ecclesiastical  Institutions.     Ed.  1885,  p.  843. 
t  Matthew  Arnold.  JFiVsf  Principles,  p.  117. 


38  GOD. 

whether  good  or  bad,  is  evident  to  any  cultured  mind. 
The  subject  has  been  dealt  with  by  recent  writers,* 
who  may  be  referred  to  as  furnishing  details  and 
illustrations  of  it,  which  could  not  be  supplied  here 
without  serious  digression  from  the  main  argument. 
As  an  incontrovertible  fact  we  may  couple  it  with  that 
which  has  been  previously  mentioned,  and  say  that  the 
actions  of  men  bring  about  good  and  bad  consequences 
"through  the  established  order  of  the  Power  that 
manifests  itself  through  all  phenomena." 

But  these  consequences  are  moral  and  of  the  nature 
of  rewards  and  punishments.  Men  who  do  good 
actions  experience  good  consequences  from  those 
actions,  and  men  who  do  bad  actions  are  visited  with 
evil  consequences.  True,  the  good  and  evil  conse- 
quences are  by  no  means  in  every  case  perceived  by 
those  who  are  affected  by  them,  nor  even  by  others; 
3^et  on  the  whole  it  is  evident  to  any  ordinary  observer 
that  the  message  entrusted  to  the  prophet  of  old  was  a 
true  one  :  "  Say  ye  to  the  righteous,  that  it  shall  be 
well  with  them,  for  they  shall  eat  the  fruit  of  their 
doings.  Woe  unto  the  wicked !  it  shall  be  ill  with 
him,  for  the  reward  of  his  hands  shall  be  given  him."t 

But  we  can  legitimately  go  a  step  further  than  this. 
It  is  capable  of  genuine  scientific  proof  on  the  lines 
laid  down  in  the  previous  chapter,  that  the  discipline 
of  human  life,  carried  on  by  means  of  the  good  and  bad 

*  Emerson :    Essay  on  Compensation,  and  F.  W.  Robertson  :    Sermons, 
Vol.  I.   No.  14.     See  also  Bishop  Butler:  Analogy.     Pt.  I.  Chap.  2. 
t  Isaiah  iii.  10,  11. 


GOD.  39 

consequences  which  follow  upon  the  actions  of  men,  is 
wholly  of  a  beneficial  character  to  those  who  submit  to 
it  in  a  penitent,  humble,  and  patient  spirit.  That  men 
of  generally  pure  life  often  bear  unmerited  pains,  and 
have  almost  an  equal  share  with  others  of  the  suffering 
that  is  due  to  natural  causes,  is  of  course  a  truism.  But 
the  general  consent  of  the  good  is  that  such  pains  and 
sufferings  do  not  work  them  any  real  harm,  that  on  the 
contrary  they  tend  to  promote  their  highest  well-being. 
No  doubt  there  will  always  be  a  considerable  number  of 
persons  who  will  demur  to  this  optimistic  view  of  the 
function  of  pain.  They  will  neither  concede  that  pain 
in  their  case  has,  or  could  have  had,  such  good  effects, 
nor  will  they  allow  that  it  has  such  good  effects  on 
others  ;  or,  if  they  do  make  any  acknowledgment  of 
this  kind,  they  will  not  suffer  the  possible  beneficial 
effects  of  pain  to  counteract  in  their  minds  the  depres- 
sion produced  in  them  by  the  contemplation  of  the 
immense  amount  of  suffering  with  which  human  life  is 
charged.  Yet,  on  the  whole,  the  testimony  of  the 
thoughtful  and  pure-minded  in  favour  of  the  bene- 
ficial character  of  the  discipline  to  which  man  is  sub- 
jected in  respect  of  the  good  and  bad  consequences 
which  proceed  from  his  actions  is  strong  and  clear. 
We  look  for  such  testimony  not  simply  in  Christian 
quarters  ;  we  find  it  in  the  sacred  literature  of  the 
East,  in  Greek  philosophy,  and  in  Roman  Stoicism. 
Still  it  is  Christianity  that  has  raised  its  voice  loudest 
in  assertion  of  the  blessed  results  of  pain.  It  has 
actually  called  upon  men  to   rejoice   "  when  they  have 


40  GOD. 

fallen  into  divers  trials."  It  has  afforded  numerous 
examples  of  men,  who,  instead  of  shirking  pain,  have 
rather  courted  it,  and  have  exhibited  to  the  v^orld  a 
marvellous  spectacle  not  merely  of  courageous  and 
•  uncomplaining  submission,  but  of  joy  in  the  midst  of 
suffering.  Nay  more,  it  has  boldly  taught  that  the 
highest  development  of  character  is  impossible  without 
the  discipline  of  pain.  It  has  represented  its  ideal 
character,  as  being  subject  to  the  necessity  of  being 
made  "  perfect  through  sufferings." 

We  have  arrived  now  at  this  point.  There  is  a 
Power  behind  phenomena  with  which  we  are  forced  to 
associate  the  maintenance  of  a  system  of  law  con- 
trolling human  life,  the  tendency  of  which  is  to  purify 
the  characters  of  those  who  cheerfully  submit  to  it,  and 
to  promote  the  highest  well-being  of  the  wise  and  good. 
Now,  if  we  desire  to  describe  exactly  the  nature  of  this 
discipline  of  life,  we  can  only  speak  of  it  as  parental. 
It  corresponds  precisely  to  the  way  in  which  every 
prudent  and  conscientious  parent  tries  to  order  the 
education  of  his  child.  He  corrects  the  child  when  he 
has  done  wrong,  encourages  him  when  he  has  done 
right,  endeavours  to  be  always  evenly  just  in  dealing 
with  him,  and  is  not  deterred  by  the  fears  or  entreaties 
of  the  child  from  causing  him  to  undergo  present 
inconvenience  in  order  that  he  may  be  spared  future 
pain.  The  aim  he  sets  before  himself  is  the  proper 
formation  of  the  child's  character,  and  he  postpones 
every  other  consideration  in  the  interest  of  the  child  to 
that.     Very  few  parents,  indeed,   realise  this  aim  :  so 


GOD.  41 

distressed  are  the  majority  of  parents  at  the  thought  of 
their  children  suffering,  even  though  temporarily,  in 
mind  or  body,  that  they  frequently  refrain  from 
administering  that  treatment  to  their  children  which 
is  called  for  in  their  highest  interests.  But  no  such 
softness  is  ever  discernible  in  the  discipline  of  life 
which  is  carried  on  in  accordance  with  the  immutable 
law  of  consequences.  It  is  wholly  and  in  all  par- 
ticulars calculated  to  perfect  character.  True,  the 
many,  even  the  majority  are  not  appreciably  benefited 
by  it  ;  but  none  the  less  does  the  truth  stand,  that 
thus,  and  thus  only,  can  those  who  desire  to  be 
better  than  they  are,  be  morally  improved.  There  are 
failures  under  this  universal  discipline  of  man — the 
failures  outnumber  the  successes ;  but  yet  the  system  is, 
so  far  as  we  can  conceive,  the  best  possible ;  and 
though  in  equity  and  regularity  it  far  transcends  what 
any  earthly  parent  has  ever  done  for  a  child,  it  can  only 
be  represented  in  terms  adapted  to  our  experience  as 
parental  ; — it  is  the  ideal  which  in  our  imperfect  efforts 
after  the  moral  education  of  our  children  we  seek  to 
keep  in  view. 

If  the  discipline  of  human  life,  contrived  and  ordered 
by  the  Invisible  Power,  is  of  a  paternal  character,  we 
are  fain  to  regard  that  Power  with  feelings  similar 
to  those  with  which  we  regard  an  earthly  father, 
and  it  is  natural  and  reasonable  therefore  to  speak 
of  the  Fatherhood  of  God.  Do  we  thereby  ascribe 
personality  to  God  ?  On  strictly  scientific  grounds  it 
is  not  apparent  that  we  are  justified  in  doing  so.     The 


42  GOD. 

knowledge  of  God  which  we  possess  is  not  sufficient  to 
empower  us  to  make  any  affirmations  about  His  essen- 
tial nature.  We  can  make  inferences,  legitimate 
inferences,  concerning  the  purpose  which  underlies 
the  government  of  human  life ;  and  finding  that  that 
government  makes  for  righteousness  we  can  attribute 
moral  qualities  to  the  Author  of  that  government — 
justice,  love,  and  so  forth — ^just  as  we  can  deduce  the 
moral  character  of  a  man  from  his  actions.  But  we 
have  no  data  for  making  any  positive  statements  about 
the  essential  nature  of  God.  One  thing,  however,  is 
incontestably  certain,  that  His  nature  is  in  every 
respect  higher  than  that  of  man.  It  cannot  on  any 
supposition  be  lower.  If  personality  is  a  necessary  attri- 
bute of  the  highest  being,  as  it  certainly  differentiates 
man  from  the  lower  animals,  then  something  at  least 
as  high  as  personality  must  be  attributed  to  God.  It 
is  quite  inconceivable  that  man,  with  his  lofty  attri- 
butes of  consciousness,  intelligence,  and  will,  can  be 
the  product  of  an  utterly  insensate  and  unintelligent 
Power  working  blindly  towards  unknown  results. 
There  must  be  in  the  Inscrutable  Power  at  least  all  the 
capacity  which  exhibits  itself  in  man  through  conscious- 
ness, intelligence,  and  will ;  though  it  is  quite  possible, 
as  Mr.  Herbert  Spencer  has  argued,*  that  there  is  "  a 
mode  of  being  as  much  transcending  intelligence  and 

*First  Principles,  page  109. 

Cf.  Principal  Shairp,  Culture  and  Religion ; — "  It  is  because  moral  law 
is  but  a  condensed  expression  for  the  energy  of,  shall  I  say,  a  Higher 
Personality,  or  something  greater,  more  loving,  more  all-encompassing  than 
personality,  that  it  comes  home  to  us  with  the  power  it  does." 


GOD.  43 

will,  as  these  transcend  mechanical  motion."  There 
is  no  occasion,  then,  to  cling  to  all  that  is  implied 
in  the  phrase,  "  personality "  in  order  to  maintain 
the  dignity  and  perfection  of  the  Invisible  Power. 
For  aught  we  know,  there  may  be  something  higher 
than  personality  ;  and  a  due  regard  for  a  purely  scien- 
tific method  of  reasoning  must  restrain  us  from  dogma- 
tizing in  this,  as  in  other  matters,  about  what  we  do 
not  know. 

None  the  less,  however,  is  it  true,  that  the  Unknown 
Power  must  remain  for  us  a  Being  with  whom  we  can 
have   no   satisfactory    religious    relations,    except    we 
accustom  ourselves  to  think  of  Him  in  terms  of  per- 
sonality.    We  may   stand    in    awe   of  an    Inscrutable 
Power,  and  will  and  strive  not  to  sin,  lest  we  should 
bring  upon  ourselves  the  consequences,  of  self-reproach 
and  pain  and  loss,  which  are  attached  unerringly  by 
that  Power  to  wrong-doing.     But  prayer  is  impossible 
except  we  address  ourselves  to  Some  One — a  Father ; 
and  without  prayer,  religion  cannot  be.     In  order  that 
our  belief  in  a  Supreme  Power   may  afford  to  us  the 
fullest  possible  incentive  and  ability  to  do  right,  and 
consolation  under  bereavement  and  suffering,  we  must 
pray  ;  and  that  we  may  pray,  we  must  approach  the 
Invisible    Power    as    we     would    a    brother    man    in 
this   respect  that  we  must  compel  ourselves  to  think 
of  Him  as  a  Person.     We  must   go   through   all   the 
forms    of  thanking    Him    for    our    past   blessings,    of 
confessing    to    Him    our    past    sins,    and    of    seeking 
His  guidance  and  help  in  the  future.     Without  prayer, 


44  GOD. 

in  the  sense  in  which  the  wisest  and  holiest  of 
Christians  have  chiefly  understood  it*  as  meditative 
converse  with  the  Invisible  Power,  we  cannot  achieve 
the  best  pos'sible  to  us  in  right  doing.  The  various 
graces  of  the  highest  character  can  only  flourish  in  an 
atmosphere  of  prayer.  Would  we  be  truly  humble  and 
modest  from  day  to  day,  we  must  reflect  day  by  day 
that  we  are  merely  the  recipients  of  the  bounty  of  the 
Invisible  Power,  we  must  recall  the  various  benefits  we 
have  received,  and  return  thanks  for  them.  Would 
we  have  a  proper  sense  of  the  meanness,  the  hateful- 
ness,  and  the  mischievousness  of  sin,  we  must  call  to 
mind  our  various  acts  of  sin,  and  reflect  that  they  are 
acts  of  rebellion  against  the  righteous  laws  of  a  Being 
Who  has  subjected  us  to  a  discipline  which  is  wholly 
paternal.  Would  we  prepare  ourselves  for  future 
action  in  such  a  way  that  we  may  do  under  particular 
circumstances  what  is  wisest  and  best,  we  must  seek 
with  all  our  heart  and  mind  to  know  what  is  in 
accordance  with  the  Will  (as  we  should  say,  speaking 
of  an  earthly  personage),  of  Him  in  Whom  we  live,  and 
move,    and    have   our   being.     And   when   trouble,    or 

*  "  We  do  not  use  the  word  prayer  {oraison)  solely  as  the  petition  for 
some  good  thing,  poured  out  before  God  by  the  faithful,  as  St.  Basil 
defines  it,  but  rather  according  to  St.  Bonaventura,  who  says  that 
prayer  (or  meditation),  generally  speaking,  includes  all  the  contem- 
plative acts  ;  or  St.  Gregory  Nyssen,  who  taught  that  prayer  is  inter- 
course of  the  soul  with  God  ;  or  St.  Chrysostom,  who  calls  it  a  parley 
with  the  Majesty  of  God;  or  lastly,  St.  Augustine  and  St.  Damascene, 
who  say  that  prayer  is  an  uplifting  of  the  mind  to  God  " — St.  Francis 
de  Sales.     0/  the  Love  of  God  (translated  by  H.  L.  Sidney  Lear),  p.  176. 

"Prayer  is  an  exercise  of  holy  thoughts."— Bishop  Wilson.  Sacra 
Pnvata. 


GOD.  45 

sorrow,  or  weakness  comes  upon  us,  we  must,  if  we 
would  bear  it  in  the  best  possible  spirit,  reflect  that  it 
has  happened  to  us  in  accordance  with  that  Will,  and 
that  what  that  Will  ordains  or  permits  cannot  event- 
ually do  harm  to  those  who  submit  to  it  with  patience 
and  resignation. 

It  can  thus  be  scientifically  proved  that  there  has 
been  a  solid  substratum  of  fact  underlying  the  doctrine 
of  the  Christian  Church  concerning  the  Fatherhood  of 
God,  the  Divine  Providence,  and  the  efficacy  of  prayer. 
With  each  belief,  however,  certain  opinions  have  been 
associated  which  cannot  be  verified  scientifically,  and 
which  have  arisen  from  the  abuse  of  that  anthropomor- 
phism which  man  cannot  entirely  avoid  in  his  thoughts 
concerning  the  Infinite  Power.  Although  it  was  by  a 
correct  instinct  that  men  learnt  to  think  of  the  dis- 
cipline of  human  life  by  the  Supreme  Power  as  paternal, 
yet  they  naturally  and  almost  inevitably  in  an  earlier 
day  fell  into  the  mistake  of  believing  that  God's  action 
towards  men  was  in  every  respect  like  that  of  an  earthly 
father,  except  that  He  never  acted  unwisely  or  sinfully. 
Without  going  back  to  the  times  when  it  was  thought 
that  God  actually  ''repented,"  "was  wroth,"  etc.,  it  was 
till  quite  recently  the  general  belief  among  Christians  that 
God  was  such  a  Being  that  He  changed  His  disposition 
towards  certain  persons,  and  exerted  Himself  specially 
either  on  their  behalf  or  against  them.  We  know  now 
that  His  laws  operate  upon  every  part  of  human  life  with 
undeviating  regularity.  We  have  no  reason  to  believe 
that   they   are   ever    interrupted   by   the    special    and 


46  GOD. 

extraordinary  action  of  God  Himself.  In  fact,  all  the 
evidence  we  have  points  the  other  way.  Still,  the 
effects  produced  upon  men  by  their  own  actions  are 
such  as  to  make  them  feel  as  though  God  were  acting 
under  the  influence  of  certain  passions  excited  by 
them.  When  they  do  wrong,  and  are  reproved  for 
it  by  their  own  consciences,  it  seems  as  though 
God  were  angry  with  them  ;  when  they  contravene 
the  moral  laws,  and  lose  their  health,  or  their  fortunes, 
or  the  respect  and  affection  of  their  friends,  it  seems 
as  though  God  Himself  were  interposing  to  punish 
them ;  when  they  neglect  penitence  and  prayer,  it 
seems  as  though  God  were  withdrawing  His  favour 
from  them ;  when  they  confess  their  faults,  and  ask 
for  pardon,  it  seems  as  though  God  were  forgiving 
them ;  and  when  they  busy  themselves  in  some 
occupation  which  is  plainly  in  conformity  with  the 
Divine  laws,  or  engage  themselves  in  devout  medi- 
tation on  some  of  the  ways  in  which  the  benevolence 
of  God  is  displayed,  it  seems  as  though  He  were  smiling 
upon  them,  and  visiting  them  with  His  approbation. 
We  have  no  authority,  as  has  been  said,  for  thinking 
that  God  does  change  towards  us  in  any  such  way. 
It  may  be  so,  but  we  have  no  ground  for  thinking  it. 
We  stand  on  a  more  solid  foundation  when  we  con- 
ceive of  Him  (to  use  a  familiar  simile)  as  remaining 
ever  the  same,  like  the  sun  which  at  all  times  shines 
with  undimmed  lustre  beyond  the  clouds,  that  by  their 
presence  or  absence  made  the  day  dark  or  bright  for 
us.     Scientifically,  then,  we  have  no  justification  for 


GOD.  47 

thinking  that  God  is,  in  respect  of  the  method  by 
which  He  maintains  the  discipHne  of  human  life,  "such 
an  one  as  ourselves ;  "  yet  it  is  difficult  for  us  to  express 
to  ourselves  the  nature  of  the  experiences  of  which  we 
are  conscious  when  we  act  in  accordance  with  or  in 
disobedience  to  His  laws,  without  saying  that  God 
smiles  upon  us,  punishes  us,  or  visits  us  with  His  dis- 
pleasure. We  have,  indeed,  experiences  which  make 
it  seem  as  if  we  had  excited  these  feelings  in  the 
Supreme  Power ;  but  they  are  produced  in  us  by  the 
orderly  operation  of  the  Divine  laws,  and  it  is  only 
through  that  orderly  operation,  so  far  as  we  can  ascer- 
tain the  facts,  and  not  through  any  special  interferences 
on  God's  part,  that  the  disposition  of  God  towards  us 
at  any  time  is  revealed. 

Thus  the  doctrine  of  the  special  providence  of  God, 
as  hitherto  generally  taught  in  the  Christian  Church, 
seems  not  to  be  in  accordance  with  the  teaching  of 
science.  The  facts,  as  has  been  frequently  said,  all 
point  to  the  uninterrupted  operation  of  the  Divine  laws. 
Yet  it  did  stand  in  men's  minds  for  an  indisputable 
truth,  viz  : — that  every  single  one  of  their  actions 
entailed  corresponding  consequences  under  the  disci- 
pline of  life  carried  on  by  the  immutable  laws  of  God, 
just  as  though  a  special  interposition  had  on  each  occa- 
sion been  made  on  their  behalf  by  God.  In  a  word,  a 
scientific  observation  of  the  laws  which  govern  human 
life  has  taught  us  that  God  exercises  that  influence  for 
the  good  of  men  by  means  of  His  unchangeable  laws, 
which   He   was  formerly  thought  to   exercise   by    the 


48  GOD. 

special  acts  of  His  providence.  So  that  the  Christian 
loses  nothing  by  giving  up  his  literal  belief  in  that 
doctrine.  He  rather  acquires  thereby  an  increased 
reason  for  adoring  a  God  Who  does  in  His  majestic 
unchangeableness  what  He  was  formerly  thought  to 
do  after  the  fashion  of  men  by  repeated  efforts  of  will. 

A  scientific  observation  of  the  facts  has  also  given  us 
a  higher  conception  of  the  agency  of  God  with  respect 
to  prayer.  Formerly,  in  contravention  of  the  frequent 
warnings  in  the  Bible  of  the  inefficacy  of  the  kind  of 
prayer  that  is  not  in  accordance  with  the  "  Divine 
Will,"  men  thought  of  prayer  chiefly  as  an  instrument 
for  obtaining  the  fulfilment  of  their  own  wishes ;  and, 
moreover,  they  conceived  that,  when  they  asked  God 
to  do  something  for  them,  the  effect  was  that  the 
orderly  operation  of  the  laws  of  God  was  interrupted 
on  their  behalf.  We  know  now  that  the  operation  of 
the  laws  of  God  is  never  interrupted,  even  by  prayer, 
and  that  many  requests  that  men  may  make  are  in 
consequence  quite  outside  the  region  of  prayer.  We 
are  no  longer  able  to  think  of  prayer  as  a  kind  of  force 
which  runs  athwart  and  interrupts  the  other  forces 
which  operate  in  Nature  and  on  human  life,  though 
there  is  much  ground  for  thinking  that  it  is  a  force 
which  may  take  its  place  among  other  forces  in  pro- 
ducing even  physical  results.  At  any  rate  there  are 
some  remarkable  incidents  narrated  in  the  Bible  and 
of  more  recent  occurrence  which  justify  that  supposi- 
tion. There  is  a  ring  of  scientific  truth  about  the 
familiar  lines, 


GOD.  49 

"  More  things  are  wrought  by  prayer 
Than  this  world  dreams  of."  * 

Yet  we   have  more  definite  evidence  as  to  the  sub- 
jective than  the  objective  effect  of  prayer  ;  and  that  is 
the  effect  of  pra3^er  to  which  the  greatest  prominence  is 
given  in  the  Bible,  and  to  which  the  lives  of  the  Saints 
bear  the  most  conspicuous  witness.     None  can  pray- 
without  feeling  the  better  for  it,  and  none  can  ask  for 
any   moral    or   spiritual    benefit    without    receiving   it. 
Indeed,  it  is  plainly  a  law  of  the  religious  life  that  our 
moral  and  spiritual  attainments  are  in  proportion  to 
our  devout  wishes  expressed  in  prayer,  and   moreover 
that  the  character  of  our  religious  life  will  correspond 
to  the  character  of  our  prayers.     For  example,  if  we 
intermingle  intercessions  with  our  requests  on  our  own 
behalf,  we   shall  habitually  think   of   and   act    for   the 
benefit  of  others  as  well  as  ourselves  ;  if  we  address 
thanksgivings  to  God    as   well   as   petitions    we   shall 
be  nourished  in  a  cheerful  and  unselfish  religion  ;  if  we 
accustom  ourselves  to  recall  and  confess  our  faults  we 
shall  increase   in    humility,   and    so    forth.     All   those 
precepts  in  the  New  Testament  relating  to  prayer,  such 
as  "Ask  and  it  shall  be  given  you,  etc.,"  "  In  nothing 
be   anxious,   but  in   everything  by  prayer  and  suppli- 
cation let  your  requests  be  made  known  unto  God," 
are  shown  to  be   absolutely  correct  from  the  certain 
results  which  follow  when  they  are  acted  upon.     Still 
it    has    to   be    remembered    that   they  are    necessarily 

*  Lord  Tennyson,  The  Paising  of  Arthur. 
D 


60  GOD. 

couched  in  anthropomorphic  language,  for  how  could 
we  find  other  terms  in  which  to  express  the  nature  and 
operation  of  prayer  ?  We  may  not  take  them  to 
imply  that  God  is  moved  to  extraordinary  efforts  of 
will  by  our  words,  any  more  than  by  our  actions. 
Even  the  parable  of  the  Unjust  Judge,  which  appears 
to  give  the  most  anthropomorphic  representation  of 
God  to  be  found  in  the  Gospels,  cannot  be  read  as 
conveying  any  true  lesson  except  it  be  taken  to  teach 
that  patient  persistence  in  prayer  is  absolutely  necessary 
to  its  producing  a  full  and  proper  effect.  We  cannot 
rightly  think  of  God  as  personally  acted  upon  by 
importunity  like  the  judge  in  the  parable,  nor,  indeed, 
is  it  stated  that  He  is.  The  thing  emphasized  in  the 
parable  is  the  importunity  of  the  widow.  Our  impor- 
tunity must  be  such,  and  it  will  have  its  reward,  though 
the  answer  it  produces  will  be  in  accordance  with  the 
orderly  operation  of  law ;  and  it  will  not  come  as  the 
extraordinary  action  of  a  God  Who  is  moved  to  exert 
Himself  on  our  behalf  on  account  of  His  being  wearied 
by  our  prayers.  As  Bishop  Wilson  has  said,  **  Impor- 
tunity makes  no  change  in  God,  but  it  creates  in  us 
such  dispositions  as  make  us  fit  to  receive  our 
petitions." 

The  result  at  which  we  have  arrived  is,  that  the  an- 
thropomorphic terms  which  are  used  to  describe  God's 
agency  with  respect  to  the  discipline  of  human  life  and 
the  effect  of  prayer  express  substantial  truths,  though 
they  have  hitherto  been  commonly  understood  too 
literally,  and  been  associated  with  certain  erroneous  or 


GOD.  61 

at  any  rate  doubtful  conceptions  concerning  the  method 
of  the  Divine  operations. 

But  we  cannot  associate  the  thought  of  God  only 
with  the  phenomena  that  present  themselves  to  our 
senses  in  the  material  world,  and  with  the  discipline  of 
human  life.  The  most  remarkable  by  far  of  the  exis- 
tences in  Nature  of  which  we  have  any  knowledge  is 
man.  Physically,  indeed,  we  may  class  him  with  the 
lower  animals  in  reference  to  his  formation  and  preserva- 
tion by  the  Supreme  Power ;  but  there  is  something  in 
man  which  sharply  differentiates  him  from  the  brutes, 
and,  moreover,  which  compels  us  to  entertain  other 
thoughts  concerning  God  than  those  which  are  suggested 
to  us  by  the  two  classes  of  facts  already  mentioned, 
that  is  to  say,  those  pertaining  to  the  existence  and 
history  of  the  universe,  and  to  the  discipline  of  human 
life.  The  most  sublime  things  by  far  with  which  we 
have  any  acquaintance  are  the  virtues,  exhibited  in  the 
lives  of  the  best  of  men, — ^justice,  love,  humility,  purity, 
and  so  forth.  These  graces  of  character  are  not  only 
unspeakably  beautiful  in  themselves  as  subjects  of 
contemplation,  but  they  are  most  powerful  forces, 
though  immaterial,  exerting  an  immense  influence  upon 
human  life,  adding  intensely  to  its  pleasures,  and 
furthering  immeasurably  the  advancement  of  the  race. 
Whether  or  not,  or  how,  they  have  been  gradually 
evolved  during  the  long  ages  in  which  man  has  lived  in 
social  intercourse  with  his  fellows,  this  is  not  the  place 
to  discuss.  Anyhow,  they  now  present  themselves  to 
us  as  a  class  of  things  of  which  cognisance  must  be 


62  GOD. 

taken  when  we  are  considering  our  relation  to  the 
Supreme  Power.  If  it  is  true  to  speak  of  that  Power 
as  "  the  Infinite  and  Eternal  Energy,  from  which  all 
things  proceed,"  then  these  graces  of  human  character 
must  have  proceeded  ultimately  from  that  source.  It 
is  beside  the  point  to  argue  that  the  vices  of  human 
character  must  on  the  same  ground  have  proceeded  from 
the  same  source  ;  for  it  can  be  definitely  shown  that  the 
vices  are  of  distinctly  human  origination,  and  can  only 
be  associated  with  the  thought  of  God's  authorship 
in  so  far  as  they  are  the  product  of  that  capability 
of  spontaneous  action  with  which  man  has  been 
endowed  by  God.  In  this  respect  they  stand  by  them- 
selves, and  are  not  to  be  compared  even  with  similar 
actions  wrought  unthinkingly  and  without  the  exercise 
of  choice  by  the  brutes.  The  virtues  are  not  of  human 
origination  in  the  same  sense  as  the  vices,  and  more- 
over they  cannot  be  classed  with  the  vices  in  relation 
to  our  experience  of  the  operations  of  the  Supreme 
Power,  inasmuch  as  the  vices  exhibit  in  themselves 
nothing  superior  to  the  other  kinds  of  phenomena  of 
which  we  have  experience,  and  which  have  been 
already  referred  to.  The  virtues  belong  to  a  higher 
order  of  things  than  any  of  these,  and  therefore  they 
unavoidably  suggest  to  our  minds  other  and  higher 
thoughts  concerning  "the  Power  by  which  we  are 
acted  upon."  Now,  if  we  are  justified,  as  the  accred- 
ited exponents  of  Science  not  only  allow  but  affirm, 
in  regarding  all  phenomena  as  a  manifestation  of  that 
Power,  if  we  have  a  warranty  therefore  for  inferring 


GOD.  63 

that  there  must  be  in  that  Power  something  at  least  as 
high  as  wh'it  we  call  personality  in  man,  something  at 
least  as  high  as  consciousness,  intellect,  and  will,  then 
by  the  same  reasoning  it  is  demonstrable  that  there 
must  be  in  God  something  at  least  as  high  as  what  in 
man  we  call  a  just,  loving,  pure,  humble,  and  self- 
sacrificing  character.  In  a  word,  the  Supreme  Power 
must  be  not  only  just,  loving,  etc.,  but  must  possess 
those  virtues  in  the  highest  degree,  and  be,  as  we  say, 
perfect. 

There  is  thus  opened  to  us  a  kind  of  knowledge  con- 
cerning God  other  than  that  which  we  derive  from  the 
study  of  Nature  and  the  contemplation  of  the  course  of 
human  affairs.  We  learn  of  God  from  the  nature  of 
man,  as  well  as  from  the  environment  in  which  man  is 
placed,  and  from  the  consequences  which  proceed  from 
his  actions.  But  it  is  not  from  all  men  that  this  testi- 
mony arises.  Some  men  exhibit  in  their  conduct  so 
little  that  is  amiable  or  admirable  that  they  add 
nothing  to  what  Nature  of  itself  teaches  us  concerning 
God.  It  is  only  men  of  a  purer  type  who  present  to 
our  view  in  their  lives  and  characters  a  set  of  pheno- 
mena which  afford  a  new  manifestation  of  the  Invisible 
Power.  And  of  these  One,  by  common  consent  of  all, 
has  so  realized  in  Himself  all  the  highest  possibilities 
of  goodness,  has  so  exhibited  in  His  life  all  the  virtues 
in  their  fullest  development,  that  in  Him  as  in  no  one 
else  we  see  the  full  moral  nature  of  God  revealed. 
Through  Him  we  have  learnt  that  God  is  not  only  all- 
powerful    and   just,  but  is  merciful,  humble,  and  self- 


64  GOD. 

sacrificing.  There  may  be  phenomena  which  seem  to 
conflict  with  this  moral  estimate  of  the  Infinite  Power, 
yet,  in  His  inmost  nature  He  must  be  what  Christ 
exhibited  Himself  to  be,  else  there  are  things  in  the 
universe  which  are  of  higher  and  purer  quality  than  the 
source  from  which  they  proceed. 

We  arrive  then  by  a  strictly  scientific  process  of 
reasoning  at  the  truth,  that  the  Supreme  Power  is 
revealed  in  morally  perfect  humanity,  as  well  as  in 
Nature  and  through  the  discipline  of  human  life. 
There  is  that  in  God  which  corresponds  exactly  to  the 
moral  character  of  good  men,  and  especially  of  Jesus 
Christ  ;  and  the  nature  of  which  that  character 
was  the  exhibition  is  of  direct  Divine  authorship. 
This  is  the  truth  which  the  Christian  Church  has 
hitherto  proclaimed  in  its  doctrine  of  the  Divinity  of 
Christ.  It  is  a  doctrine  which  has  come  down  to  us 
expressed  in  the  terms  supplied  by  the  Greek  phil- 
osophy which  was  current  in  the  age  of  the  Councils. 
It  is  possible  that  in  the  increase  of  wisdom  and  know- 
ledge a  more  perfect  expression  of  that  doctrine  may 
hereafter  be  arrived  at.  At  any  rate,  in  no  satisfactory 
way  can  it  be  argued  that  the  decisions  of  the  majori- 
ties at  certain  councils  have  such  weight  as  to  be  con- 
sidered by  succeeding  ages  in  every  respect  infallible. 
It  is  an  assumption  that  is  wholly  untenable  in  a 
scientific  light  that  the  Christian  bishops  of  the  fourth 
and  fifth  centuries  were  possessed  of  a  faculty  for 
defining  theological  truth  which  has  never  since  been 
possessed  by  Christians.     If  men  now  are  able  to  make 


GOD.  55 

more  exact  statements  of  astronomical  and  geological 
truth  than  it  was  possible  to  make  in  ancient  times,  so 
it  is  only  likely  that  more  exact  definitions  of  theo- 
logical truth  may  be  made  in  the  future.  Meanwhile, 
however,  it  can  be  shown  that  there  is  a  substantial 
basis  of  truth  in  all  those  affirmations  concerning  the 
nature  of  Christ  which  are  contained  in  the  Creeds. 
If  some  of  the  articles  of  the  QiUcunqiic  Vult  seem  to  us 
now  to  transcend  the  region  of  the  scientifically  ascer- 
tainable and  to  be  excessively  precise,  if  the  religious 
sense  in  these  days  shrinks  from  that  boldness  of 
metaphysical  speculation  concerning  the  Divine  Nature, 
which  was  considered  by  the  makers  of  the  Creeds  and 
by  the  theologians  of  the  past  to  be  a  pious  and  proper 
exercise  of  the  understanding,  if  we  now  believe  that  the 
mischief  arising  from  the  compulsion  of  all  Christians 
to  assent  to  elaborately  constructed  dogmas  is  likely  to 
be  greater  than  that  of  allowing  a  larger  liberty  of  belief 
to  all,  yet  we  cannot  on  reflection  but  acknowledge  the 
present  value,  when  they  are  rightly  understood,  of 
those  expressions  in  the  Apostles'  and  Nicene  Creeds 
in  which  Jesus  Christ  is  spoken  of  as  the  "  Son  of 
God,"  "begotten  not  made,"  "being  of  one  substance 
with  the  Father,"  "  by  Whom  all  things  were  made." 
It  may  be,  and  indeed  it  unquestionably  is  the  fact, 
that  these  expressions  are  cast  in  a  mould  furnished 
by  the  conceptions  concerning  the  method  of  the 
Divine  revelation,  which  were  current  in  the  earlier 
centuries  of  our  era ;  it  may  be  that  a  term  which  des- 
cribes the  method  of  human  generation  can  only   by  a 


56  GOD. 

figure  of  speech  represent  the  origination  of  that  nature 
which  was  manifested  to  the  world  in  the  wisdom  and 
transcendent  lovableness  and  purity  of  Christ  ;  it  may 
be  that  the  statement  that  Jesus  Christ  was  the  agent 
of  the  Invisible  Power  in  making  the  world  is  a  state- 
ment which,  however  true,  in  its  literal  signification  is 
capable  of  no  historical  or  scientific  verification,  and 
therefore  cannot  be  brought  into  a  parallel  line  with 
other  articles  of  the  Christian  faith  for  which  a  sub- 
stantial historical  or  scientific  groundwork  can  be  found  ; 
yet  it  would  be  difficult  to  frame  other  definitions  which 
would  serve  better  to  express  to  the  generality  of  men 
and  women  what  is  necessary  to  a  right  faith  respecting 
the  manifestation  of  the  Supreme  Power  which  is  made 
in  perfect  human  character  as  it  is  exhibited  in  Christ, 
respecting  the  Divine  authorship  of  that  higher  nature 
in  Christ  of  which  His  perfect  character  was  the  expres- 
sion, and  respecting  the  utter  wisdom,  benevolence,  and 
mercifulness  with  which  the  operations  of  the  Supreme 
Power  have  ever  been  carried  on. 

No  doubt  erroneous  opinions  have  in  the  course  of 
the  centuries  encrusted  the  popular  belief  concerning 
the  manifestation  of  the  Supreme  Power  in  Jesus 
Christ  and  the  mediatorial  functions  which  Christ 
has  fulfilled  between  God  and  man.  For  example,  the 
idea  of  the  sacrifice  of  an  innocent  victim  to  appease 
the  outraged  feelings  of  a  heavenly  Father  angered  by 
sin,  is  notably  a  survival  from  an  age  when  a  grossly 
ignorant  conception  was  current  concerning  the  nature 
of  the   deity.     Still   there   is  a  profound   truth   under- 


GOD.  57 

lying  the  popular  doctrine  of  the  Atonement,  viz.,  that 
Christ  in  voluntarily  devoting  Himself  to  death  to 
attest  the  truth  of  His  teaching  concerning  God,  and 
to  attract  men  to  give  heed  to  it,  acted  in  accordance 
with  the  general  law,  that  it  is  only  by  self-sacrifice 
that  men  can  convey  substantial  benefit  to  others.  For 
the  purposes  of  practical  religion  we  cannot  afford  to 
lose  sight  of,  or  to  obscure,  that  view  of  the  efficacy  of 
the  death  of  Christ,  which  He  Himself  has  set  forth  in 
the  words,  ''I,  if  I  be  lifted  up,  shall  draw  all  men  unto 
Me;  "  nor  can  we  in  any  way  diminish  the  significance 
of  Christ's  mediatorial  function  in  representing  God  to 
men,  and  giving  to  them  the  highest  conception  of  the 
beauty  and  holiness  of  His  character. 

There  is  yet  another  way  in  which  on  reflection  we 
are  compelled  to  regard  the  "  Infinite  and  Eternal 
Energy  from  which  all  things  proceed."  We  are  all 
consciously  acted  upon  by  inward  impulses  inclining 
us  towards  the  love  and  pursuit  of  what  is  good  and 
pure  and  true.  When  we  do  wrong  we  are  inwardly 
reproved  for  it,  when  we  do  right  we  are  inwardly  com- 
mended. When  two  courses  of  action  are  open  to  us, 
and  we  are  not  certain  which  is  right  to  take,  we  have 
only  to  reflect  awhile  in  attention  to  the  voice  which 
speaks  within  us,  and  if  the  question  be  not  too  complex, 
our  doubt  is  infallibly  removed.  Not  only  are  we 
conscious  of  such  experiences  in  ourselves,  but  we  note 
them  in  others,  and  we  find  that  they  are  shared  in  a 
greater  or  less  degree  by  all  our  fellow-creatures.  We 
have  our  own  private  predilections,  tastes,  prejudices, 


58  GOD. 

sympathies,  and  antipathies,  which  seem  to  belong  to 
our  very  selves  ;  but  these  inward  monitions  of  goodness 
are  the  same  in  others  as  in  ourselves.  When  they  are 
kept  free  from  intermixture  with  impulses  which  arise 
from  the  different  dispositions  of  different  individuals, 
they  are  found  to  be  identical  in  all  men,  so  that  they 
appear  to  stand,  so  to  speak,  altogether  outside  the 
region  of  self. 

Now,  on  the  supposition  that  "  every  phenomenon 
is  a  manifestation  of  some  Power  by  which  we  are 
acted  on,"  we  are  forced  to  hold  that  we  ourselves, 
and  all  other  men,  are  in  the  totality  of  our  complex 
natures  separately  beings  through  whom  a  manifestation 
of  the  Supreme  Power  is  made.  We  are  each,  as  it  has 
been  well  expressed,"^'  delegated  parts  of  God,  endowed 
as  men  with  certain  peculiar  powers,  but  yet  presenting 
the  same  kind  of  manifestation  of  God  as  that  which  is 
afforded  by  other  objects  in  the  universe.  But  a  quite 
distinct  manifestation  of  God  is  made  within  us  by 
those  inward  moral  and  spiritual  monitions  which  are 
not  peculiar  to  ourselves,  but  are  shared  by  others,  and 
are  the  same  in  them  as  in  us.  As  to  the  way  in  which 
those  monitions  have  come  to  operate  within  us  it  is 
foreign  to  our  present  argument  to  enquire.  The  only 
fact  with  which  we  have  now  to  deal  in  connection 
with  them  is,  that  man,  and  especially  civilized  man  as 
he  is  constituted  at  present,  is  acted  upon  by  these 
monitions ;  and  this  being  so,  and  God  being  the 
*'  Infinite  and   Eternal  Energy,    from  which  all  things 

*  Martineau,  The  Seat  of  Authority  in  Religion,  p.  35. 


GOD.  59 

proceed,"  they  cannot  but  be  regarded  as  affording  a 
separate  kind  of  manifestation  of  God,  a  manifestation 
that  is  markedly  distinct  from  that  which  is  afforded 
by  us  as  personal  beings  with  each  his  own  private 
individuaUty.  It  is  impossible  then  to  avoid  arriving 
at  the  conclusion,  that,  as  the  Supreme  Power  of  the 
universe  is  manifested  in  and  through  the  phenomena 
of  the  material  universe,  in  which  we  may  include  our- 
selves, as  well  as,  in  and  through  morally  perfect 
humanity,  so  He  is  manifested  in  and  through  those 
moral  and  spiritual  impulses  which  act  more  or  less 
upon  all  men  outside  the  region  of  their  own  personahty. 
This  is  the  truth  that  has  hitherto  been  witnessed  to 
the  world  in  the  Christian  doctrine  of  the  Holy  Spirit. 
In  respect  to  this  doctrine,  again,  it  will  be  noted  that 
mistakes  have  arisen  from  a  too  anthropomorphic  view 
of  the  nature  and  actions  of  God,  from  a  too  literal 
interpretation  of  certain  phrases  of  the  New  Testament, 
and  from  the  excessive  tendency  to  systematize  and 
define,  which  have  characterized  the  theology  of  the 
past.  The  teaching  of  the  Christian  Church  concerning 
God  the  Holy  Spirit  has  suffered  perhaps  more  injury 
than  the  other  branches  of  its  doctrine  concerning  God 
from  the  adoption  of  the  word  "  person  "  to  express 
the  different  aspects  of  the  Divine  nature,  corresponding 
to  the  different  manifestations  of  God  which  were  first 
denoted  by  the  Greek  word  vnoaTaa-is.  It  has  been  asso- 
ciated with  limited  conceptions  as  to  the  times  and 
methods  in  which  this  manifestation  has  been  made 
among  men,  it  has  tended  to  maintain    an    erroneous 


60  GOD. 

opinion  of  the  nature  of  the  composition  of  the  sacred 
literature  of  Christianity,  to  the  detriment  of  its 
authority  at  the  present  day,  and  it  has  seriously 
discredited  in  comparison  those  contributions  to  moral 
'and  rehgious  truth  which  are  furnished  by  the  poet,  the 
scientist,  the  artist,  the  historian,  and  especially  by  the 
student  of  religion  who  endeavours  to  give  expression 
to  the  new  thoughts  of  God  which  he  believes  he  has 
acquired  from  the  very  source  of  truth  itself. 

Still,  while  noticing  what  may  be  called  the  popular 
abuse  of  the  doctrine  of  the  Christian  Church  concern- 
ing the  Holy  Spirit  of  God,  and  while  recognizing  that 
some  of  the  articles  of  the  Creed,  in  which  it  is 
expressed,  appear  now  to  trench  too  much  upon  ground 
that  is  beyond  the  possibility  of  accurate  definition,  yet, 
as  in  the  case  of  the  other  articles  of  the  Creed,  it  is 
needful  for  us  to  bear  in  mind  that  these  each  indicate 
an  aspect  of  the  manifestation  of  the  Infinite  Power, 
which  it  is  important  to  keep  in  view,  as  for  instance, 
that  the  new  intimations  of  religious  truth  which  are 
made  known  to  the  world  by  gifted  men  are  not  of 
their  own  origination,  but  of  Divine  suggestion,  and 
that  the  Supreme  Power  is  to  be  thought  of  and  adored 
by  men  in  reference  to  the  influence  He  directly  exerts 
upon  their  thoughts  and  feelings,  as  well  as  to  the  other 
manifestations  of  His  power  and  energy, — truths  which 
are  enshrined  in  the  statements  that  ''  He  spake  by  the 
Prophets,"  and  that  "  together  with  the  Father  and  the 
Son  He  is  worshipped  and  glorified." 

By  the  process  of  reasoning  we  have  thus  far  carried 


GOD.  61 

on  we  are  led  to  the  recognition  of  a  triple  manifesta- 
tion of  God,  in  nature  and  the  laws  of  nature,  in  per- 
fect humanity,  and  in  the  higher  impulses  which  act 
upon  men.  Whether  there  are  other  manifestations 
of  God  which  may  be  distinguished  from  these, 
we  cannot  tell.  Constituted  as  we  are  at  present, 
our  consciousness  cannot  transcend  these  limits,  while 
any  conception  of  God  which  falls  short  of  them  is 
necessarily  imperfect  and  so  far  erroneous.  The 
Christian  Church  has  done  invaluable  service  in 
popularizing  this  truth  of  the  triple  manifestation 
of  God  by  means  of  its  doctrine  of  the  Trinity  in 
Unity.  No  doubt,  the  terms  in  which  the  doctrine 
has  been  expressed  have  been  inadequate  and  mis- 
leading to  many,  as  those  who  first  framed  it  foresaw.* 
The  use  of  the  word  *'  person,"  which,  as  has  been 
already  remarked,  by  no  means  exactly  represents 
the  Greek  vTroo-raa-is,  and  which  conveys  to  us  now  a 
meaning  somewhat  different  even  from  that  of  the 
Latin  word  persona,  has  tended  to  maintain  in  the 
popular  mind  a  tendency  towards  tritheism,  or  what 
has  been  styled,  not  without  foundation,  a  belief 
in  the  Deity  as  a  triad  of  **  non-natural  men." 
There  may  be  reasons  for  regretting  with  Calvin 
that  the  word  "  Trinity,"  a  non-biblical  word,  and 
a  word  that  does  not  appear  even  in  the  Nicene 
Creed,   should   have  been  adopted   into  the  Christian 

*  "  When  we  deal  with  words  that  require  some  training  to  under- 
stand them,  different  people  take  them  in  senses  not  only  different  but 
absolutely  opposed  to  each  other." — Athanasius,  De  Sententia  Dionys.  i8. 


62  GOD. 

doctrine  of  God  ;  yet  when  we  consider  how  inadequate 
are  the  resources  of  language  for  expressing  Divine 
truth,  it  is  difficult  to  see  how  in  the  past  any  more 
suitable  words  could  have  been  chosen  ;  though  now,  as 
we  have  had  so  much  experience  of  the  abuse  of  them,  it 
is  most  necessary  for  it  to  be  made  known  that  they 
but  very  imperfectly  express,  as  skilled  theologians  * 
allow,  the  mysterious  verities,  which  human  language 
at  the  best  can  only  indicate  and  not  define. 

When  we  consider  how  repugnant  to  sound  reason 
and  common  sense  is  the  popular  view  of  the  Trinity 
in  Unity  even  yet,  when  we  remember  in  what  an 
audaciously  irrational  way  the  relations  between  the 
Three  Persons  of  the  Godhead  are  still  sometimes 
spoken  of,  and  in  what  intricate  verbal  subtilties  the 
popular  preaching  of  the  subject  has  tended  uselessly 
to  entangle  the  mind,  it  is  not  surprising  that  many 
thoughtful  men  should  now  be  inclined  towards  Unitar- 
ianism  rather  than  Trinitarianism  as  the  more  accurate 
doctrine  concerning  the  nature  of  God.     Still  it  should 

♦"It  may  be  unmeaning  not  only  to  number  the  Supreme  Being 
with  other  beings,  but  to  subject  Him  to  number  in  regard  to  His  own 
intrinsic  characteristics.  That  is,  to  apply  arithmetical  notions  to  Hira 
may  be  as  unphilosophical  as  it  is  profane.  Though  he  is  at  once  Father, 
Son,  and  Holy  Ghost,  the  word  "  Trinity  "  belongs  to  those  notions  of 
Him  which  are  forced  on  us  by  the  necessity  of  our  finite  concep- 
tions."— J.  H.  Newman,  Grammar  of  Assent,  4th  ed.  p.  47. 

'*It  was  only  with  an  expressed  apology  for  the  imperfection  of 
human  language  that  the  Church  spoke  of  the  Divine  Three,  as  Three 
Persons  at  all.  But  '  we  have  no  celestial  language,'  and  the  word  is 
the  only  one  which  will  express  what  Christ's  language  implies  about 
Himself,  the  Father,  and  the  Spirit.  Only  while  we  use  it,  it  must  be 
understood  to  express  mutual  inclusion  not  mutual  exclusion." — C. 
Gore,  Lux  Mundi,  p. 336. 


GOD.  63 

be  remembered  that  Unitarianism  is  just  as  much  a 
dogmatic  system  as  Trinitarianism  is.  Definition  always 
implies  the  exclusion  of  something,  and  when  we  define 
the  Divine  nature  as  a  Unity,  we  exclude  the  idea  of  its 
diversity — a  much  more  serious  dogmatic  error  than 
any  that  can  result  from  the  popular  misapprehension 
of  the  doctrine  of  the  Trinity  in  Unity.  Already  we  see 
the  effect  of  this  error  in  the  too  exclusive  attention 
which  cultivated  minds  are  giving  to  the  manifestation 
of  God  which  is  presented  in  the  phenomena  of  Nature, 
and  the  growing  neglect  of  that  witness  to  the  merci- 
fulness and  lovableness  of  God  which  is  derived  from 
the  contemplation  of  perfect  humanity  as  it  is  exhibited 
in  Jesus  Christ,  and  from  the  best  impulses  that  act 
upon  individual  men.  If  Trinitarianism  as  a  dogmatic 
system  is  to  be  supplanted  by  a  Unitarianism  that  shall 
be  rigidly  consistent  with  its  title,  then  there  will  prevail 
among  men  an  inferior  conception  of  the  character  of 
the  Infinite  Power  and  a  correspondingly  inferior  con- 
ception of  the  highest  standard  of  human  duty.  Love 
will  have  a  less  substantial  sanction  among  the  virtues 
than  justice,  and  men  will  be  borne  back  to  a  pre- 
Christian  system  of  morality,  of  which  the  dominant 
principle  will  be  the  promotion  of  the  advancement  of 
the  type  without  regard  to  the  claims  of  the  individual. 
No,  the  doctrine  concerning  God  which  is  to  be  the 
foundation  of  the  morality  of  the  future  cannot  be 
Unitarianism.  In  its  conception  of  the  Divine  nature 
the  world  in  the  last  eighteen  centuries  has  not  been 
going  backward.     The   majority  of  Christians   cannot 


64  GOD. 

have  been  nourishing  themselves  on  a  doctrine  con- 
cerning God  which  is  at  the  heart  a  He.*  However 
inadequate  we  may  now  find  the  verbal  expression  of 
that  doctrine,  it  is  impossible  to  believe  that  in  its 
substance  it  is  erroneous.  It  is  from  the  ranks  of  those 
who  have  held  it  that  have  been  produced  the  noblest 
characters  with  which  this  world  has  been  blessed. 
And  from  the  very  fear  lest  that  great  succession  of 
the  saints  should  be  interrupted  we  shall  be  wise  not  to 
part  with  the  venerable  symbols  of  the  faith  by  which 
they  lived,  till  we  can  find  some  more  perfect  way  of 
expressing  the  truths  which  underlie  them. 

*  "  No  thought  that  ever  dwelt  honestly  as  true  in  the  heart  of  man 
but  was  an  honest  insight  into  God's  truth  on  man's  part,  and  has  an 
essential  truth  in  it  which  endures  through  all  changes,  an  everlasting 
possession  for  us  all." — Carlyle,  Heroes  and  Hero  Worship,  Lecture  IV. 


CHAPTER    III. 


THE    FUTURE    LIFE 


|NE  of  the  foremost  of  the  problems  with  which 
rehgion  is  concerned,  is  that  of  the  future 
state  of  the  individual  man.  Christianity 
has  progressed  more  by  virtue  of  its  doctrine  of  immor- 
tality than  of  any  of  its  other  doctrines.  It  has  taught 
it  positively  as  a  revelation  ;  but,  as  a  revelation  merely, 
it  will  not  be  accepted  by  those  who  have  been  trained 
in  the  modern  school  or  reasoning.  It  particularly 
behoves  us  then  to  view  the  doctrine,  as  far  as  possible, 
in  a  strictly  scientific  light,  so  that  it  may  be  discovered 
whether  there  is  or  is  not  reasonable  ground  for 
believing  it. 

Now,  the  first  thing  to  be  noted  in  reference  to  this 
subject  is,  that  the  sciences  which  relate  to  man  in  his 
physical  condition  can  tell  us  nothing  positively  as  to 
his  prospect  of  continuing  to  live  after  the  decay  of  his 
body.  It  is  a  subject  which  lies  outside  their  scope. 
They  have  to  do  v/ith  phenomena  which  are  bounded 
by  death,  and  the  students  of  those  sciences  have  no 
data  for  carrying  their  investigations  further :  they  are 
in  possession  of  no  facts,  which  would  authorize  them 
to  make  any  definite  pronouncement  for  or  against  the 


THE  FUTURE  LIFE, 


future  life  of  man.  They  may  argue  that  when  a  man 
dies  he  appears  to  come  to  an  end  just  as  a  beast  or  a 
plant,  and  therefore  the  probability  is  that  like  a  beast 
or  a  plant  he  actually  ceases  to  be.  But  neither  the 
beast  nor  the  plant  perishes  utterly.  They  are  resolved  at 
death  into  their  constituent  elements.  In  the  case  of 
the  beasts  especially,  it  is  conceivable  that  the  sentient 
life  which  they  possessed  is  not  destroyed,  any  more 
than  the  particles  of  matter  in  which  they  were 
embodied.  Like  those  particles  of  matter  it  may 
undergo  a  transformation  merely,  though  we  cannot 
conceive  of  what  sort  it  may  be.  Anyhow,  it  is  impos- 
sible to  prove  that  there  is  no  life  after  death  possible 
to  the  brutes.  Similarly,  it  is  impossible  to  prove  that 
the  life  of  man  after  death  does  not  undergo  transforma- 
tion rather  than  destruction. 

The  probability  that  this  is  so  is  much  stronger  in  the 
case  of  man  than  of  the  brute,  for  man  is  far  more  than 
a  sentient  animal  with  but  imperfectly  developed  reason- 
ing faculties:  he  is  possessed  of  extraordinary  volitional, 
emotional,  intellectual,  and  moral  powers  :  he  is  capable 
of  unlimited  ascension  in  the  scale  of  moral  character. 
Though  subject  to  similar  laws  in  the  physical  sphere 
with  the  brutes,  he  partakes  of  an  entirely  different 
order  of  experiences  in  the  moral  sphere,  and  has  a 
moral  growth  or  decay  just  as  he  has  a  physical  growth 
or  decay.  Now,  if  in  respect  of  the  life  which  pertains 
to  him  physically,  it  is  impossible  to  say  of  man  that  he 
perishes  utterly  at  death,  still  less  can  that  be  affirmed 
of  him  in  respect  to  that  other  kind  of  life  which  he 


THE  FUTURE  LIFE.  67 

seems  to  live  in  relation  to  the  moral  phenomena  of 
which  he  is  the  subject.  Nay,  it  may  even  be  argued, 
that  seeing  that  the  law  of  the  conversation  of  energy 
operates  everywhere  in  Nature,  it  is  impossible  that  the 
highest  kind  of  energy  of  which  we  have  any  experience, 
viz.,  that  which  is  exhibited  in  the  developed  emotional, 
volitional,  intellectual,  and  especially  moral  life  of  man, 
can  be  the  solitary  exceptions  to  that  law, — and  that 
therefore  it  is  utterly  improbable  that  man  is  destruc- 
tible by  death. 

However  this  may  be,  the  one  thing  indisputable  is, 
that  physical  and  biological  science  can  affirm  or  deny 
nothing  with  respect  to  the  future  life  of  man;  and 
those  who  are  most  proficient  in  those  sciences  are 
quite  ready  to  acknowledge  this.  Science,  then,  as  the 
term  is  generally  used,  leaves  the  question  open.  Our 
ordinary  method  of  arriving  at  positive  knowledge 
fails  us  here.  All  we  can  learn  by  means  of  it  is,  that 
man  may,  or  may  not,  continue  to  live  after  the  disso- 
lution of  his  body  into  its  constituent  elements. 

But  this  is  a  question  which,  as  regards  its  bearing 
on  the  religious  thought  and  the  moral  conduct  of  each 
individual,  cannot  be  treated  as  an  open  one.  A  man 
may  apparently  take  up  a  perfectly  reasonable  position 
when  he  says,  "  I  cannot  tell  whether  or  not  there  is  a 
future  state.  I  am  necessarily  an  Agnostic  on  that 
subject,  because  there  are  no  scientific  data  to  go 
upon."  But  in  the  conduct  of  life  he  cannot  help 
acting  on  one  supposition  or  the  other,  and  practically 
it  will  be  found  that  to  doubt  the  future  life  is  to  ignore 


68  THE  FUTURE  LIFE. 

it  altogether  in  its  relation  to  conduct.  No  man  can 
build  a  solid  structure  on  an  uncertain  foundation,  and 
it  is  impossible  for  us  to  order  our  moral  conduct 
according  to  ideals  which  can  only  have  their  justi- 
fication and  consummation  in  a  life  beyond  the  grave, 
if  we  have  no  positive  opinion  as  to  whether  or  not 
there  is  such  a  life  at  all.  The  consequence  is,  that 
the  standard  of  morality  that  we  necessarily  keep  in 
view,  if  we  leave  the  question  of  the  future  life  an  open 
one  in  our  minds,  is  a  standard  based  on  the  negative 
of  the  question.  At  least  we  may  be  fairly  certain 
about  what  is  calculated  to  procure  our  well-being  in 
this  life,  such  as  it  is.  The  rewards  and  punishments 
attached  to  good  and  bad  conduct  here  are  fixed  and 
determinate  after  their  kind,  and  they  afford  a  sub- 
stantial basis  for  moral  action  of  a  certain  sort.  We 
know  positively  that  such  and  such  courses  of  action 
are  judicious  and  politic  in  relation  to  our  present  mode 
of  existence,  and  therefore,  if  we  hold  ourselves  to  be 
utterly  ignorant  of  whether  there  is  another  life,  we 
will  shape  our  actions  according  to  what  we  do 
know  and  with  no  reference  to  what  we  do  not 
know.  Yet  in  doing  this  we  may  make  a  great 
mistake.  If  there  should  happen  to  be  a  future  life 
after  all,  it  might  prove  eventually  that  in  some 
important  respects  we  had  lived  our  earthly  lives 
wrongly;  so  that  it  is  in  the  highest  degree  injudicious 
to  order  our  conduct  entirely  in  accordance  with  the 
supposition  that  we  perish  utterly  at  death. 

Moreover,   it   is   not   only  injudicious    thus  to  prac- 


THE  FUTURE  LIFE. 


tically  assume  the  negative  of  a  profoundly  important 
question,  but  it  is  in  the  highest  degree  unscientific  to  do 
so.  There  is  hardly  any  fault  greater  from  the  scien- 
tific point  of  view  than  to  decide  without  reflection  in 
favour  of  one  of  two  alternative  opinions.  Now,  in 
this  case,  one  opinion  or  the  other  must  be  true,  and, 
therefore,  it  is  a  matter  of  grave  importance  as  regards 
the  right  conduct  of  life  that  we  should  consider 
whether  there  may  not  be  some  other  kind  of  evidence 
available  on  the  subject,  different  from  that  which  is 
supplied  by  the  physical  sciences.  That  there  is  such 
evidence  will  be  shown  later ;  but  it  will  be  worth  while 
first  to  consider  which  of  the  two  opinions  as  to  man's 
prospect  of  life  after  the  dissolution  of  the  body  it  would 
be  most  advantageous  to  us  to  discover  to  be  true,  or,  in 
the  possible  absence  of  sufficient  evidence,  to  assume  to 
be  true,  seeing  that  we  must  for  practical  purposes 
build  on  the  supposition  of  the  truth  of  one  or  the 
other. 

Now,  on  this  point  there  can  be  little  doubt  or  con- 
troversy. Almost  all  those  who  are  qualified  to  form  a 
right  judgment  on  the  subject  would  say  unhesitatingly, 
that  it  would  be  better  for  men,  as  regards  their  happi- 
ness as  well  as  their  moral  conduct,  to  be  able  to  look 
forward  to  another  life  as  the  continuation  and  com- 
pletion of  this  than  to  repose  in  the  opinion  that  they 
perish  utterly  when  the  breath  leaves  their  bodies. 
Even  granting  that  men  can  keep  themselves  pure,  and 
live  nobly  laborious  and  self-sacrificing  lives  without 
having   any  hope  of  a  future  life,  it  is   very  doubtful 


70  THE  FUTURE  LIFE. 

whether  they  could  rise  to  the  full  height  of  their 
various  capabilities  for  good,  unless  they  were  sus- 
tained and  stimulated  by  the  thought  of  possible 
spheres  of  usefulness  open  to  them  hereafter.  Self- 
culture  for  its  own  sake,  apart  from  the  effect  it  might 
have  on  one's  own  present  condition  and  that  of  others, 
would,  without  such  a  prospect,  fail  of  its  highest 
encouragement.  Moreover,  it  is  only  the  purest  minds 
and  those  most  richly  endowed  by  Nature  who  would 
be  capable  of  strenuous  and  self-abnegating  endeavour 
in  the  use  of  their  powers.  The  vast  majority  could 
hardly  be  expected  to  rise  above  the  ideal  of  getting  as 
much  enjoyment,  and  that  chiefly  of  a  sensual  kind,  out  of 
this  life  as  possible.  Their  motto  would  practically  be, 
"  Let  us  eat  and  drink,  for  to-morrow  we  die." 

The  effect  on  the  happiness  of  the  race  of  a  general 
disbelief  in  a  future  life  would  be  still  more  disastrous. 
To  hold  that  our  loved  relations  and  friends  who  have 
gone  from  us,  have  departed  into  nothingness,  to  have 
no  hope  that  all  our  highest  and  purest  aspirations  will 
eventually  be  satisfied,  that  all  the  wrong  done  in  this 
world  will  eventually  be  righted,  that  all  the  untoward 
circumstances  suffered  without  their  fault  by  so  many 
thousands  of  our  fellow-creatures  will  be  compensated 
to  their  good,  that  everyone  will  some  time  or  other  be 
exactly  rewarded  according  to  his  works,  and  that 
infinite  Mercy,  as  well  as  infinite  Justice  will  hereafter 
be  visited  upon  every  living  thing — to  have  no  such 
hopes  as  these  is  to  be  deprived  of  that  which  is  needed, 
not  only  to  furnish  the  best    incentives  to  our    moral 


THE  FUTURE  LIFE.  71 


action,  but  to  preserve  us  from  the  deadening  belief 
that  the  Universe  is  but  the  sport  of  a  mahgn  chance, 
that  human  Hfe  is  a  prolonged  deceit,  and  that  conscious- 
ness is  the  saddest  of  all  accidents  in  the  evolution  of 
sentient  things. 

"  My  own  dim  life  should  teach  me  this. 
That  life  shall  live  for  evermore, 
Else  Earth  is  darkness  at  the  core, 
And  dust  and  ashes  all  that  is."* 

It  is  impossible  to  resist  this  conclusion.  The  only 
logical  attitude  of  man  towards  the  present  constitution 
of  things,  when  the  possibility  of  a  future  life  is 
negatived,  is  pessimism.  And  pessimism,  whether  it 
be  true  or  false,  is  the  saddest  and  darkest  philosophy 
of  life  that  anyone  can  feel  constrained  to  adopt. 

On  the  other  hand,  it  is  a  fact  which  none  will  care 
to  dispute,  that  the  gain  to  human  happiness  as  well  as 
human  goodness,  from  a  belief  in  a  future  life  has  been 
immense.  How  else  could  the  world  have  been  afforded 
so  many  examples  of  men  and  women  afflicted  with  dire 
infirmities  and  oppressed  with  many  poignant  cares, 
who  were  yet  in  a  constant  condition  of  humble 
contentment  and  cheerfulness  ?  How  else  could  we 
have  heard  of  so  many  persons  endowed  with  the  same 
evil  passions  as  others,  and  with  the  same  natural 
desires  for  self-gratification  and  self-glory,  renouncing 
all  thought  of  earthly  pleasure,  and  living  what  may 
well  be  called  crucified  lives  on  behalf  of  their  fcUow- 

*  Tennyson,  hi  Memoriavi. 


72  THE  FUTURE  LIFE. 

creatures  ?  How  else  could  the  lofty  graces  of  love, 
and  courtesy,  and  reverence,  and  self-denial  have 
blossomed  so  nobly  in  so  many  lowly  hearts  ?  It  cannot 
be  denied  that  by  far  the  highest  attainments  in  conduct 
•  and  disposition  from  the  dawn  of  history  to  the  present 
hour  are  to  be  associated  with  a  vivid  belief  in  the 
continuance  of  man's  life  beyond  the  grave.  It  is  not 
a  little  significant  that  hitherto  the  purest  moral  teach- 
ing even  in  non-Christian  quarters  has  always  been 
enunciated  by  those  who  have  been  believers  in  God 
and  a  future  life ;  while  such  hves  of  unapproached 
sanctity  as  have  been  nourished  in  the  Christian  Church 
have  been  lived  only  by  men  who,  without  meriting  the 
epithet  of  other-worldly,  have  regarded  the  things  of 
the  life  to  come  as  the  most  substantial,  nay,  the  only 
realities. 

It  seems,  then,  as  though  there  were  an  inseparable 
connection  between  the  belief  in  immortality  and  the 
possibility  of  well-being  and  goodness  of  the  highest 
kind,  so  that,  when  we  compare  the  two  opinions  as  to 
man's  prospects  in  the  future  in  regard  to  their  effect 
on  human  happiness  and  conduct,  there  is  no  doubt  as 
to  which  it  would  be  wise  to  prefer,  if  the  probability 
in  favour  of  each  were  otherwise  equal,  and  we  were 
forced  in  the  absence  of  a  preponderance  of  evidence  on 
either  side,  to  choose  between  the  two. 

But  it  cannot  truly  be  said  that  the  probabilities  in 
favour  of  each  opinion  are  equal.  It  is  difficult  to  think 
that  a  behef  that  has  hitherto  been  so  widely  spread, 
that    indeed    has   been    almost    universal    amonsr    the 


THE  FUTURE  LIFE.  73 

highest  races,  and  that  has  had  such  an  excellent  moral 
effect  upon  the  world  can  have  been  wholly  false. 
Mr.  Herbert  Spencer  has  laid  great  stress  on  the 
witness  to  the  substantial  truth  of  a  belief  which  is 
afforded  by  the  fact  of  its  having  been  universally  held ; 
and  upon  that  argument  in  part  he  has  founded  his 
doctrine  of  the  Inscrutable  Power  manifested  behind 
phenomena.  The  same  argument  may  be  applied  as 
exactly  to  the  doctrine  of  a  future  life.  It  may  be  that 
that  belief  had  an  ignoble  beginning,  just  as  had  the 
developed  belief  in  God.  Yet  Mr.  Herbert  Spencer 
has  shewn  how  at  the  outset  there  was  a  germ  of  truth 
contained  in  the  primitive  conception  of  God,  and  by 
precisely  similar  reasoning  it  can  be  shown  that  there 
may  have  been  originally  a  germ  of  truth  in  the  crude 
belief  of  our  ancestors  respecting  the  continued  existence 
of  their  departed  friends. 

But  whatever  weight  may  be  attached  to  the  argument 
from  the  universality  of  the  belief  in  a  future  life,  there 
can  be  little  question  as  to  the  reasonableness  which  it 
gains  from  the  fact  of  its  having  been  held  by  the  wisest 
and  best  men  whom  the  world  has  seen.  It  is  note- 
worthy that  not  a  single  poet  who  has  a  true  title  to  be 
called  great  has  ever  been  a  disbeliever  in  immortality. 
Without  going  back  to  distant  times  and  mentioning 
such  names  as  those  of  Homer  and  the  Greek  drama- 
tists, and  Dante,  or  even  Shakspeare  and  Milton,  who 
all  lived  in  days  when  the  belief  was  scarcely  called  in 
question,  it  is  sufficient  to  refer  to  Tennyson  and 
Browning    in    England,  Victor   Hugo   in    France,  and 


74  THE  FUTURE  LIFE. 

Goethe  in  Germany,  as  men  of  profoundly  original 
thought  who  have  keenly  felt  the  new  intellectual 
influences  of  our  own  time,  and  have  yet  not  simply 
retained  their  belief  in  a  future  life  as  a  pious  opinion 
'in  which  they  were  brought  up,  but  have  proclaimed  it 
as  an  important  particular  of  the  truth  which  they  have 
discerned  for  themselves  and  have  felt  constrained  to 
publish  to  the  world.  Indeed,  hardly  a  single  instance 
can  be  quoted  of  any  man  of  remarkable  genius  in  any 
age  who  has  doubted  that  there  was  a  higher  destiny 
in  store  for  the  human  race  than  any  that  can  possibly 
be  fulfilled  on  earth.  Even  in  a  state  of  society  which 
was  pervaded  by  a  rapidly  spreading  scepticism,  Cicero, 
not  the  most  admirable  in  every  respect  of  the  great 
men  of  his  time,  yet  deserving  nevertheless  of  the 
epithet  conferred  upon  him  by  Byron  of  "  Rome's 
least  mortal  mind,"  could  say, — "  Somehow  or  other 
there  clings  to  one's  mind  an  assurance  of  a  life  to  come, 
else  who  would  be  so  foolish  as  to  cleave  to  this  life 
with  its  manifold  toils  and  perils  ?  " 

Now  men  like  these,  especially  the  poets  whose  names 
have  been  mentioned,  cannot  be  said  to  carry  no  greater 
weight  with  them  than  others,  when  they  speak  on  this 
momentous  though  deeply  mysterious  subject.  We 
concede  to  the  poets  a  power,  exceeding  that  possessed 
by  other  men,  of  discovering  and  telling  forth  what 
is  true  in  relation  to  human  life  and  the  deeper  problems 
of  Nature.  A  man  becomes  really  great  as  a  poet  in 
proportion  to  the  way  in  which  he  brings  to  light  truths 
that  are  hidden  from  common  men ;  and  his  greatness 


THE  FUTURE  LIFE.  75 

is   still   further   demonstrated    in   the   course    of  years 
when  it  is  found  that  the  truths    he  enunciated  were 
truths  not  only  in  relation  to  the  circumstances  of  his 
own  country  and  his  own  time,   but   truths  for  every 
country  and  for  all  time.     In  whatever  way  the  greater 
poets  arrive  at  such  truths,  and  none  has  yet  succeeded 
in  tracking  the  courses  of  thought  in  a  poet's  mind,  we 
cannot  but  discern  and    acknowledge   that   they  have 
some  extraordinary  means  of  access  to  the  very  sources 
of    truth,    and,    therefore,    whenever    they    pronounce 
themselves  positively  even  on  subjects  about  which  by 
ordinary  processes  of  reasoning  there  is  no  possibility 
of  our  arriving  at  certain  knowledge,  they  are  entitled 
to  be  listened  to  with  respectful  and  even  docile  attention. 
Still  more  may  this  be  claimed  for   those   who    are 
gifted  with  an  extraordinary  power  of  discovering  what 
is  true  in  relation  to  conduct  and    morals.     There   is 
nothing  nearly  so  wonderful  in  the  history  of  human 
thought  as   the    production    of  the    ethical    system    of 
Christianity.     That  system  not  only  stands  before  any 
other  system  of  morals  that  has  yet  been  enunciated, 
but  the  wisdom  of  its  Founder  in  respect  to  His  power 
of    discerning    moral   truth    is    acknowledged    by    all 
competent  authorities  to  be  unerring.      No  single  flaw 
in  His  moral  teaching  or  in  His  life  has  ever  yet  been 
demonstrated,    and    none    of   the    wisest   and    purest- 
minded  of  those  who  have  lived  since  His  time  have 
ever  dreamt  of  improving  upon  it.     It  is  a  system  of 
morals  so  perfect  indeed  that  it  has  been  thought  too 
high  for  common  men ;  yet  that  only  helps  to  prove  the 


76  THE  FUTURE  LIFE. 

unrivalled  power  which  Christ  exhibited  in  providing 
principles  of  conduct  which  should  suffice  for  the  very 
highest  intellectual  and  moral  capacities  in  the  most 
advanced  stage  of  development  of  the  race.  Now,  one 
*of  the  essential  principles  of  Christ's  teaching  was,  that 
what  we  call  death  makes  no  interruption  to  the  life  of 
man.  He  did  not  even  use  the  word  death  in  the 
signification  in  which  we  use  it,  but  spoke  of  those  who 
had  departed  this  life,  as  though  they  were  merely 
asleep.  The  only  time  He  ever  argued  on  the  subject 
was  when  He  was  pressed  by  the  Sadducees  with  a 
quibbling  question  respecting  the  resurrection.  He 
then,  speaking  of  the  patriarchs  who  had  been  dead 
hundreds  of  years  before,  used  the  expression  that  they 
were  still  ''living  unto  God,"  for  ''all  live  unto  Him." 
That  is,  to  the  Supreme  Power  of  the  universe  there  is 
no  such  thing  as  the  death  of  man  in  the  sense  in  which 
we  speak  of  it.  He  takes  no  cognizance  of  the  change 
that  is  deemed  so  all-important  by  us.  On  other 
occasions  Christ  treated  the  fact  of  man's  continuance 
of  life  after  the  dissolution  of  his  body  as  so  natural 
and  patent  that  He  never  argued  in  favour  of  it,  but 
spoke  of  it  as  a  self-evident  truth,  or  declared  it  in 
language  similar  to  that  which  He  used  when  He 
enunciated  moral  truth.  In  fact,  His  teaching  con- 
cerning the  future  life  was  bound  up  indissolubly  with 
His  teaching  concerning  the  right  principles  of  conduct. 
None  can  live  that  highest  kind  of  life,  the  principles  of 
which  are  set  forth  in  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount,  except 
he  hold  the  doctrine  which  is  associated  with  it.     And 


THE  FUTURE  LIFE.  77 

as  a  matter  of  fact,  as  has  already  been  remarked,  those 
who  have  reached  the  highest  attainment  in  character 
through  the  power  with  which  Christianity  has  furnished 
them,  are  those  who  have  most  nearly  shared  Christ's 
view  of  the  sleep-like  character  of  death. 

Now  the  argument  which  applies  to  the  value  of  the 
testimony  concerning  immortality  which  is  given  by  the 
poets  applies  with  double  force  to  the  kind  of  testimony 
given  by  Christ.  If  we  cannot  trace  exactly  the  process 
by  which  the  great  poets  arrive  at  the  truths  which 
they  utter,  and  which  lapse  of  time  only  tends  to 
confirm,  still  less  can  we  conceive  exactly  by  what 
means  such  an  unerring  knowledge  of  moral  truth  was 
acquired  by  the  young  Jew,  who,  living  a  life  of  simple 
labour  in  a  now  remote  age,  uttered  treasures  of 
wisdom  which  the  highest  and  purest  minds,  quickened 
by  the  accumulated  intellectual  resources  of  many 
centuries,  are  not  able  fully  to  fathom  and  comprehend, 
let  alone  to  appraise  at  their  full  value.  That  He  was 
able  in  some  way  in  which  other  men  have  not  been 
able  to  get  at  the  very  sources  of  truth,  those  persons 
will  be  among  the  readiest  to  acknowledge  who  are 
averse  to  any  superhuman  theory  of  Christ's  origin  and 
nature.  They  cannot,  any  more  than  others,  deny 
that  He  "  spake  as  never  man  spake "  concerning 
moral  truth,  and  acknowledging  this,  and  noticing  also 
that  He  spake  with  the  same  confidence  concerning 
man's  existence  hereafter,  and  that  His  teaching  on  the 
two  subjects  was  of  one  piece,  they  cannot  well  avoid 
arriving  at  the  conclusion,  that  moral  truth  and  the 


78  THE  FUTURE  LIFE. 

truth  concerning  the  future  destiny  of  man  are  in  some 
way  or  another  connected,  and  that  He  Who  spake  with 
an  authority  that  cannot  but  be  admitted  on  the  one 
subject,  must  be  allowed  to  speak  with  equal  authority 
on  the  other. 

This  is  what  devout  Christians  in  all  ages  have 
believed.  They  have  found  Jesus  worthy  of  implicit 
trust  when  He  told  them  how  to  regulate  their  lives, 
and  they  have  judged  Him  therefore  worthy  to  be 
believed  when  He  spoke  to  them  also  of  the  "  life 
eternal."  In  accepting  His  word  on  both  these  subjects 
and  in  acting  according  to  it,  they  have  found  literally 
'*  a  peace  which  the  world  cannot  give."  They  have 
aspired  and  endeavoured  to  "do  the  will  of  God,"  as 
He  declared  it ;  and  "through  the  hope  set  before  them" 
they  have  found  the  necessary  power  to  do  it,  and  so 
there  has  to  come  to  them  the  blessed  assurance  that 
they  were  not  only  doing  but  believing  what  was  true. 
Not  the  least  part  of  the  satisfaction  which  the  disciples 
of  Christ  have  derived  from  accepting  all  His  teaching 
in  its  fulness  is,  that  they  have  felt  an  internal  witness 
of  its  truth  in  both  particulars.  They  have  been 
impelled  towards  the  ethical  teaching  of  Christ  by  those 
pure  monitions  felt  within  them,  yet  distinguishable 
from  their  own  personal  and  selfish  inclinations,  which 
they  were  accustomed  to  think  of,  and,  as  we  have  seen, 
rightly,  as  a  distinct  manifestation  within  them  of  the 
Supreme  Power ;  they  have  found  that  they  were 
impelled  by  the  same  monitions  towards  the  acceptance 
of  Christ's  teaching  concerning  the  life   to    come,  for 


THE  FUTURE  LIFE.  79 

they  have  felt  themselves  urged  as  a  duty  to  attribute 
good  motives  and  intentions  to  God,  just  as  to  one 
another  ;  and  perceiving  that  it  was  impossible  to  think 
of  Him  as  good,  if  He  allowed  death  to  be  the  utter 
annihilation  of  the  existence  of  good  men  and  to  be  the 
utter  termination  of  all  pure  human  love  and  lofty  human 
aspiration,  they  have  deemed  themselves  inwardly  moved 
by  God  Himself  to  believe  Christ's  doctrine  of  the 
future  life.  That  doctrine  had  thus  its  confirmation 
from  the  voice  of  God  within  them,  and  so  it  appeared 
not  only  that  it  was  true,  but  that  it  came  in  the  first 
instance  from  the  fount  of  truth — from  God  Himself, 
and  that  Christ  in  giving  utterance  to  it  was,  as  He 
said,  but  the  mouthpiece  of  God. 

This  apparent  Divine  origin  of  the  doctrine  of  the 
future  life  has  been  always  regarded  by  Christians  as 
the  most  important  evidence  of  its  truth.  They  have 
supposed  it  to  have  been  learnt  by  direct  communi- 
cation from  God  by  the  method  which  has  been 
already  referred  to  as  that  of  revelation.  Now  Jesus 
stands  alone  among  all  those  who  have  been  the 
instruments  for  communicating  moral  and  religious 
truth  to  others,  in  this  respect,  that  His  knowledge 
on  this  subject  was,  so  far  as  men  have  been  able 
to  discover  since,  as  unerring  as  it  was  profound. 
Hence  it  was  held  that  He  spoke  the  very  mind  of  God, 
and  thus  must  have  been  related  to  God  in  a  peculiar 
way  in  which  ordinary  men  are  not — the  relationship 
being  defined  in  the  later  dogmas  of  the  Church.  We 
have  already  referred  to  the  question  as  to  whether  or 


80  THE  FUTURE  LIFE. 

not  those  dogmas  are  entitled  to  be  regarded  as  giving 
an  infallibly  accurate  description  of  the  nature  of  Christ 
and  of  God.  However  this  may  be,  there  can  be  no 
doubt  that  a  peculiar  and  an  unprecedented  authority 
attaches  to  the  pronouncements  of  Jesus  on  moral  and 
religious  truth, — so  much  so  that  His  mere  word  in 
favour  of  any  doctrine  is  of  the  nature  of  positive  proof 
of  it,  and  we  are  justified  in  accepting  with  implicit 
trust  in  their  truth  even  such  statements  of  His  as  pass 
our  powers  of  comprehension. 

It  cannot  be  said  then  that  we  have  absolutely  no 
evidence  in  favour  of  the  future  life.  On  the  contrary 
there  is  evidence,  which  to  those  who  weigh  it  rightly 
has  very  substantial  value.  True,  it  is  not  exactly 
evidence  of  a  kind  that  amounts  to  a  positive  demon- 
stration. It  cannot  make  any  and  all  men  certain  of 
the  future  life,  in  a  way  in  which  they  can  be  made 
certain  of  a  historical  fact  or  of  a  truth  of  mathematics. 
Still  it  is  deserving  of  the  name  of  scientific  evidence 
nevertheless,  for  it  is  based  on  facts  and  phenomena 
which  are  capable  of  scientific  analysis,  and  it  can 
make  the  future  life  at  least  in  a  very  high  degree 
probable,  so  as,  coupled  with  other  considerations,  to 
reasonably  incline  us  to  treat  it  as  a  certainty. 

This  then  is  what  it  appears  wise  for  us  to  do.  When 
we  reflect  that  for  the  conduct  of  life  we  are  unable  to 
leave  the  question  of  the  future  life  an  open  one,  but 
are  compelled  to  choose  between  the  one  alternative  and 
the  other  ;  when  we  take  note  of  the  fact  that  the 
highest  happiness  and   the   greatest  possibility  of  the 


THE  FUTURE  LIFE.  81 

goodness  of  the  race  are  bound  up  with  the  belief 
of  the  future  hfe ;  and  when  we  remember  further 
that  that  behef  has  not  only  been  held  by  the  wisest 
and  best  of  men,  but  has  been  suggested  to  them  by 
what  they  have  had  reason  to  regard  as  the  very  Spirit 
of  God  within  them  ;  then,  on  the  triple  ground  of 
reason,  duty,  and  expediency,  it  seems  right  that  we 
should  reject  utterly  the  thought  of  our  extinction  at 
death,  and  determine  once  for  all  to  live  our  lives  as 
those  who  have  an  infinite  future  before  them. 

In  making  this  resolution  to  treat  the  probability  of 
the  future  life  as  a  certainty,  we  need  by  no  means 
pledge  ourselves  to  accept  the  opinions  concerning  the 
future  state  which  have  been,  or  are,  popularly  held ; 
nor  need  we  bind  ourselves  to  shape  our  conceptions  of 
what  will  take  place  hereafter  by  the  literal  phraseology 
of  the  Bible.  It  is  only  too  probable  that  any  definite 
speculation  concerning  the  conditions  of  man's  life  in 
another  state  of  being  will  be  wide  of  the  mark,  as  we 
have  no  faculties  for  accurately  figuring  to  ourselves 
things  of  which  we  have  absolutely  no  experience.  We 
may  dismiss  from  our  minds  therefore  any  obligation  to 
conform  our  ideas  of  what  will  take  place  hereafter  to 
the  doctrine  of  endless  material  punishment  for  all 
who  have  departed  this  life  without  being  believers  in 
Christ,  as  held  by  the  Evangelical  Protestant,  or  to  the 
doctrine  of  purgatory  as  held  by  the  Roman  Catholic. 
One  thing  is  absolutely  certain,  that  any  kind  of  specu- 
lation concerning  the  future  state  is  fundamentally 
wrong,  in  which  it  is  implied  that  things  will  happen 

F 


82  THE  FUTURE  LIFE. 

to  men  which  are  plainly  not  in  accordance  with 
infinite  Justice  and  Love.  If,  moreover,  it  be  urged 
that  material  thin^^s  are  spoken  of  in  the  descriptions  of 
the  Judgment  and  of  Heaven  and  Hell  in  the  New 
Testament,  it  must  be  explained  that  expressions  of 
this  sort  can  only  rightly  serve  to  denote  the  fact,  that 
there  will  be  a  visitation  upon  men  in  the  next  life  of 
the  consequences  of  their  actions  in  this,  and  that  the 
good  will  be  recompensed  and  the  bad  punished 
according  to  their  works.  How  this  will  be  done  we 
cannot  conceive,  and  need  not  know  ;  it  is  sufficient 
that  we  convince  ourselves  that  it  will  be  done. 

More  than  this  none  can  tell  us,  not  even  Christ.  He 
Himself  acknowledged  His  ignorance  of  the  circum- 
stances of  the  Judgment,  notably  of  the  time  of  it.* 
Prophecy,  the  utterance  of  what  it  is  the  design  of  the 
Supreme  Power  to  effect  in  the  future,  does  not  and 
cannot  deal  with  details.  Whenever  the  attempt  has 
been  made  by  prophecy,  or  by  others  on  behalf  of 
prophecy,  it  has  signally  failed.  It  is  only  moral  and 
religious  knowledge,  not  natural  and  historical,  that  is 
communicated  to  us  through  the  agency  of  the  Divine 
Spirit,  and  the  intimation  of  the  future  life  that  Jesus 
was  the  means  of  communicating  to  men,  and  that  is 
confirmed  by  a  testimony  within  us,  is  entirely  of  that 
character.  It  assures  us  that  there  is  a  future  in  store 
for  men  beyond  physical  death,  because  the  vindication 
of  the  Divine  Justice  and  Benevolence  requires  it. 
More  than  that   it  does   not  tell   us,  and   it   is   amply 

*  St.  Mark  xiii.  32. 


THE  FUTURE  LIFE. 


sufficient   for  the   sustentation   of  our   hopes   and   the 
regulation  of  our  conduct.     It  is  true  that   numerous 
intricate   problems   suggest    themselves   to   our   minds 
when  the  thought  of  our  future  existence  is  before  us  ; 
but  long  centuries  of  idle  and  useless  speculation  on  the 
subject  ought  at  least  to  have  taught  us  the  vanity  of 
attempting  to   solve  such  problems  ;  and   that   deeper 
sense  of  reverence  towards  the  Inscrutable  Power  which 
science   is   imparting  to  us  ought  to  make  us  see  the 
propriety  of  not  indulging  an  audacious  curiosity  which 
cannot  be  satisfied,  and  of  rather  contenting  ourselves 
with  the  assurance  that  everything  will  happen  here- 
after in  accordance  with  the  dictates  of  a  wisdom,  in 
comparison  with  which  the  highest  imaginations  of  man 
are  but  folly.     We  need  not  then  attempt  to  form  the 
slightest    definite    conception    as    to   what   our    future 
existence  will  be  like,  except  that  it  will  be  personal 
and    self-conscious,   as  of   that    there   seems   the   very 
strongest  moral  probability.* 

*"  Without  thought,  without  love,  without  reverence,  without  will, 
without  objects  (and  none  but  personal  beings  can  have  these),  what 
remains  to  fill  the  phrase  'highest  life'?  (quoting  Schleiermacher). 
Psychologically,  there  can  be  no  greater  descent  than  the  steps  from 
the  personal  to  the  impersonal." — Martineau,  A  Study  of  ReligioUy 
Vol.  II.,  p.  368. 

"That  each  who  seems  a  separate  whole. 

Should  move  his  rounds,  and  fusing  all 
The  skirts  of  self  again,  should  fall 
Re-merging  in  the  general  soul, 

Is  faith  as  vague  as  all  unsweet : 

Eternal  form  shall  still  divide 

The  eternal  soul  from  all  beside  ; 
And  I  shall  know  him  when  we  meet." 

Tennyson,  In  Memoriatn,  XLVII. 


84  THE  FUTURE  LIFE. 

If  we  do  but  school  ourselves  to  believe  that  v^e  and 
the  whole  race  will  still  continue  to  be  dealt  with  in  a 
manner  that  is  divinely  paternal,  we  shall  be  acting  in 
a  much  more  becoming  way,  and  in  a  way  that  will 
bring  far  more  satisfaction  to  ourselves,  than  if  we 
follow  in  the  speculative  footsteps  of  the  past. 

Our  hope  of  the  future,  if  it  is  thus  framed,  may  be 
vague,  but  it  will  wholly  suffice  for  the  moral  purpose 
which  it  is  its  function  to  serve.  Even  a  vague  hope 
may  serve  to  entirely  uplift  a  man  and  induce  him  to 
achieve  the  best  he  is  capable  of.  There  is  a  profound 
perception  of  this  truth  manifested  in  the  description 
given  by  ^Eschylus  of  the  way  in  which  Prometheus,  or 
Forethought,  roused  the  dejected  spirit  of  primitive 
man  to  achieve  his  destiny  on  earth — 

nP.     6ur}T0vs  y    €7rav(xa  fxr)  TrpobepKecrdaL  fxopou. 
XO.     TO  TTolou  evpoiv  rrja-de  (^apiiaKov  vocrov  ; 
nP.     TV(f)\as  iv  avTols  eX/rtdas  KarccKKra. 

"  Blind  "  hopes  of  the  possibilities  that  lay  before  them 
as  the  end  of  their  toil  and  self-discipline  were  sufficient 
to  rouse  men  to  the  activity  which  enabled  them  at  first 
to  fulfil  their  part  of  replenishing  the  earth  and  subdu- 
ing it ;  "blind"  hopes  of  what  he  may  in  time  effect 
furnish  the  stimulus  which  incites  the  young  man  to 
brace  up  his  energies  and  prepare  himself  by  strenuous 
labour  for  the  earnest  struggle  of  his  maturer  years; 
and  "  blind  "  hopes  of  gain  to  be  won  for  science  and 
good  to  be  achieved  for  the  race  have  hitherto  proved 
all-sufficient   to   sustain   the   scientist   and  the  philan- 


THE  FUTURE  LIFE.  85 

thropist  in  the  arduous  and  prolonged  tasks  which  they 
have  voluntarily  undertaken.  Let  us  but  set  before 
ourselves  "  blind,"  through  real  and  substantial,  hopes 
of  a  future  which  awaits  us  in  the  state  of  existence 
upon  which  we  shall  enter  at  death,  and  we  shall  find 
that  they  are  amply  sufficient  to  cheer  and  gladden  us 
throughout  the  vicissitudes  of  this  life  of  much  toil  and 
sorrow,  to  keep  us  ever  in  a  state  of  contented  trust 
that  all  is  right  in  the  constitution  of  the  universe,  and 
to  spur  us  on  so  to  use  all  our  gifts,  whether  religious, 
moral,  intellectual,  or  physical  in  the  service  of  the 
Infinite  Power  and  in  accordance  with  His  eternal  laws, 
that  as  we  increase  in  age  and  experience  we  shall 
increase  in  manifold  capacity  for  good,  and  in  fitness 
for  a  higher  and  happier  sphere  of  activity  in  the  ages 
to  come. 


CHAPTER    IV. 


MIRACLES. 


HE  two  beliefs  for  which  a  scientific  basis  has 
been  found  in  the  two  preceding  chapters 
are  quite  sufficient  in  themselves  to  be  the 
groundwork  and  mainstay  of  our  personal  religion. 
Indeed,  when  we  analyse  the  motives  and  hopes  which 
inspire  our  noblest  thought  and  action,  and  nerve  and 
comfort  us  best  in  trial,  we  find  that  they  are  all  wrapt 
up  in  the  belief  in  God  and  in  a  future  hfe.  Still  there 
are  other  matters  of  religious  interest  about  which  we 
are  naturally  anxious  to  have,  if  possible,  clear  ideas, 
although  they  cannot  be  regarded  as  of  equal  importance 
with  those  already  discussed.  In  particular,  the  subject 
of  miracles  is  one  which  presses  seriously  now  on  the 
thought  of  those  who  are  desirous  of  knowing  what 
ought  to  be  believed  respecting  the  records  of  the  life 
of  Christ  and  the  early  history  of  the  Church. 

It  is  plain  that  important  issues  depend  on  the 
accuracy  or  otherwise  of  the  representation  of  Jesus 
Christ  which  is  given  in  the  New  Testament ;  yet  the 
significance  of  the  miracles  attributed  to  Christ  can  by 
no  means  be  regarded  now  in  the  same  light  as  that  in 
which  it  was  till  recently  set  forth  by  the   apologists  of 


MIRACLES.  87 


the  Christian  religion.  It  can  no  longer  be  believed 
that  "  miracles  are  necessary  to  attest  the  truth  of  a 
revelation  "  in  the  sense  in  which  that  proposition  has 
hitherto  been  maintained.  We  do  not  feel  that  we  have 
a  ri^(ht  to  expect  that,  when  anyone  tells  us  anything 
fresh  about  religion  or  morals,  he  should  enforce  the 
credibility  of  his  statements  by  performing  some 
marvels  in  the  material  sphere.  Moral  truth  and 
religious  truth  are  to  be  proved,  just  as  truth  of 
physical  science  is  to  be  proved,  by  observation  and 
experiment  and,  when  necessary,  by  correct  logical 
argument.  A  new  '*  revelation "  is  like  a  new  scien- 
tific theory.  A  man  promulgates  a  new  doctrine  in 
morals  or  theology,  just  as  an  observer  of  facts  in 
nature  promulgates  a  new  doctrine  concerning  the 
correlation  of  those  facts.  We  do  not  expect  the 
scientist  to  prove  his  theory  by  working  miracles, 
neither  should  we  expect  the  prophet.  It  is  by  a 
strange  oversight  of  the  caution  repeatedly  given  on 
the  subject  by  Jesus  Himself,  that  defenders  of  His 
religion  have  so  unduly  pressed  the  evidential  value  of 
His  miracles.  Without  by  any  means  conveying  that 
His  miracles  had  no  significance,  He  repeatedly  shrank, 
so  we  are  told,  from  performing  them  as  mere  "  signs." 
He  openly  condemned  the  state  of  mind  of  those 
who  would  not  believe  *'  except  they  saw  signs  and 
wonders,""'  and  indeed  He  went  so  far  as  to  say,  "  An 
evil  and  adulterous  generation  seeketh  after  a  sign."t 
The   mischief  resulting  from  this  kind  of  defence  of 

*  St.  John  iv.  48.  t  St.  Matthew  xii.  39. 


MIRACLES. 


Christianity  is  evidenced  by  the  scepticism  concerning 
moral  and  religious  truth  which  it  has  produced.  Very 
many  persons,  having  been  led  to  believe  that  *'  miracles 
are  the  proper  proof  of  a  revelation,"  and  that,  there- 
fore, the  truth  of  Christianity  is  inextricably  bound  up 
with  the  authenticity  of  the  miracles  attributed  to 
Christ,  when  they  have  seen  reason  to  doubt  those 
miracles  or  some  of  them,  have  doubted  also  the  truth  of 
the  religious  and  moral  teaching  of  Christ. 

As  a  matter  of  fact,  there  is  no  such  connection 
between  the  miracles  attributed  to  Christ  and  His 
teaching.  The  reports  of  the  miracles  of  Christ  might 
be  in  many  particulars  erroneous,  and  yet  the  ethical 
and  religious  statements  of  the  Gospels  be  absolutely 
sound.  These  latter  are  proved  by  a  different  kind  of 
evidence  from  the  former,  by  the  knowledge  that  is 
gained  from  a  study  of  the  different  manifestations  of 
religion  in  every  quarter  and  every  age,  by  the  assent 
which  they  have  received  from  the  best  and  wisest  of 
men,  by  the  way  in  which,  when  they  have  been  acted 
upon,  they  have  transformed  the  lives  of  sinners,  and 
by  the  testimony  to  their  goodness  and  truth  which  we 
feel  within  ourselves. 

It  is  quite  possible  that  the  Evangelists  may  have 
given  a  transcript  of  a  religious  and  ethical  teaching 
which  is  fundamentally  true,  though  the  representation 
they  have  given  of  the  life  of  Jesus  we  may  judge  to  be 
in  some  particulars  improbable.  Certainly  a  belief  in 
the  soundness  of  the  moral  and  religious  teaching 
attributed  to  Christ  does  not  by  any  means  involve  a 


MIRA  CLES. 


belief  in  the  literal  accuracy  of  all  that  is  related  about 
Him.  A  man  may  truly  be  said  to  be  a  believer  in 
Christianity  who  is  nevertheless  in  doubt  about  certain 
of  the  recorded  miracles,  or  indeed  all  of  them  ;  and 
even  if  he  is  wrong  in  doubting  the  miracles,  his  error 
cannot  be  said  to  be  a  moral  and  religious  one.  It  is 
a  moral  and  religious  thing  to  believe  in  the  moral  and 
religious  teaching  of  Christ,  but  it  is  not  necessarily  a 
moral  and  religious  thing  to  believe  in  the  miracles 
attributed  to  Christ.  On  the  contrary,  a  man  may  be 
led  to  doubt  the  miracles  from  what  is  from  his  point  of 
view  actually  a  moral  and  religious  motive,  because 
when  he  honestly  investigates  them  they  seem  to 
him  to  be  untrue,  and  because  he  feels  that  he  can- 
not and  should  not  believe  what  is  untrue. 

The  question  of  the  authenticity  of  the  miracles 
attributed  to  Christ  must  then  be  dissociated  from  the 
question  of  the  truth  of  His  religion.  Still  it  is  a  ques- 
tion which  has  an  importance  of  its  own,  and  that  not 
a  small  one,  in  regard  to  the  light  which  the  right 
answer  to  it  throws  on  the  nature  of  the  personahty  of 
Christ.  On  that  ground  the  Gospel  miracles  demand 
our  most  careful  investigation,  and  it  much  behoves  us 
to  endeavour  to  ascertain  whether  or  not  they  are  true, 
or,  if  not  all,  at  any  rate  which  of  them  are  true. 

On  the  threshold  of  such  an  enquiry,  however,  we 
are  met  with  an  obstacle  that  seems  entirely  to  bar  our 
progress,  viz.,  the  total  denial  of  the  possibihty  of  the 
miraculous.  **  Miracles  do  not  happen,"  we  are  told 
very  positively  by  some  who  profess  to  speak  in  the 


90  MIRACLES. 


name  of  modern  culture/''  It  is  an  assertion  which 
has  obtained  a  wide  pubhcity,  and  has  been  accepted 
imphcitly  by  a  large  number  of  persons.  On  the 
strength  of  it  the  Hfe  of  Christ  has  been  re-written 
by  various  writers,  who  have,  each  after  his  own 
pecuhar  fashion,  ehminated  from  it  the  miraculous 
element,  and  have  given  to  the  world  representations 
of  the  nature  of  Christ  markedly  different  from  that 
which  is  given  in  the  Gospels. 

Now  such  a  proposition,  notwithstanding  the  apparent 
weight  of  authority  with  which  it  is  uttered,  requires  a 
great  deal  of  enforcement  before  it  can  command  the 
full  assent  even  of  those  who  have  been  trained  to 
think  in  the  most  modern  style.  Prima  facie  it  is 
calculated  to  excite  suspicion  and  opposition  from  its 
very  positive  and  dogmatic  form.  If  there  is  any  one 
thing  that  we  have  had  more  forcibly  impressed  upon 
us  than  any  other  by  the  progress  of  science  in  the 
present  century  it  is  the  need  of  caution  in  affirma- 
tion. The  scientific  spirit  is  essentially  a  spirit  of 
dogmatic  reserve ;  and  it  may  be  doubted  whether 
any  person  of  acknowledged  authority  in  the  scientific 
world  of  to-day  would  care  to  risk  his  reputation  by 
stating  outright  that  miracles  do  not  happen,  using  the 
the  word  to  cover  all  the  occurrences  narrated  in  the 
Bible  which  are  commonly  spoken  of  as  miraculous. 
He  might  hold  a  very  strong  private  opinion  about  the 
credibility  of  any  accounts  of  miraculous  occurrences 

*The  author  of   the  phrase  is  Matthew  Arnold,  Literature  and  Dogma, 
Ed.  1883,  Preface. 


MIRACLES.  91 


that  have  yet  reached  us,  but  he  would  probably 
hesitate  long  before  he  would  say  that  miracles  could 
not  happen,  have  never  happened,  or  even  do  not 
happen  now^. 

But  besides    being   unscientific   in   form,  there   is  a 
certain  vagueness  of  meaning  about  this  proposition. 
Though  in  the  present  tense,  it  does  not  appear  at  first 
sight  whether  it  relates  to  the  past  and  the  future   as 
well   as   to    the   present.      The    phrase    "  miracles   do 
not  happen  "   may  easily  be    read  to  mean  that   they 
could   not   happen    and   have    never    happened.     We 
shall,  however,  deal  more  fairly  with  the  author  of  it 
if  we   take   it  in  an  exactly  literal   sense.     Then  the 
argument    will    be,    "We    never    hear    of    authentic 
miracles  now,  therefore  there  never  have  been  any,  and 
therefore  the  so-called  miracles  of  the  New  Testament 
could     not    have    happened."      The     argument     is    a 
plausible    one,    but    it    cannot    be    convincing  till    two 
objections  to  it  have  been  met.     The  first  is  suggested 
by  the  familiar  Protestant  doctrine,  that  the  period  in 
which  Christ  appeared  was  a  period   favourable  for  the 
production  of  miracles,  but  that  shortly  after  His  dis- 
appearance those  favourable  conditions  ceased,  or  for 
an   express    purpose    were    removed.     Whatever    his- 
torical   and    critical    ground    there    may   be   for    this 
doctrine,  it  is   at    least    logically  consequent.     If   the 
commencement  of  the  Christian  era  was  marked  by  a 
new  phrase  of  spiritual  development,  it  is  not  irrational 
to    suppose    that    that    period     may    have    witnessed 
extraordinary  physical  occurrences  accompanying  the 


92  MIRACLES. 


spiritual.  It  is  a  fact  of  considerable  significance  also 
that  the  extraordinary  production  of  religious  truth  by 
the  method  previously  discussed  under  the  name  of 
revelation  has  hitherto  taken  place  for  the  most  part  in 
the  East,  and  it  is  those  particularly  who  are  men- 
tioned as  the  recipients  of  fresh  revelations  that  are 
represented  as  being  possessed  of  miraculous  powers. 

The  person,  then,  who  maintains  that,  because 
miracles  do  not  happen  now,  therefore  they  have 
never  happened  at  all,  puts  himself  under  the  obliga- 
tion of  proving,  that  the  conditions  under  which 
miracles  are  said  to  have  been  wrought  in  the  East 
more  than  eighteen  hundred  years  ago  by  men  of 
exceptional  spiritual  endowment  are  exactly  paralleled 
in  Europe  at  the  present  day. 

The  other  current  doctrine  about  miracles  suggests 
the  second  objection  to  the  denial  of  the  miracles  of  the 
New  Testament.  The  Romanist  argues  that  we  have  no 
ground  for  saying  that  miracles  happened  in  the  Christ- 
ian Church  up  to  a  certain  indefinite  date,  and  after  that 
date  ceased.  Instead,  therefore,  of  waiting  to  controvert 
the  conclusion  of  those  who  deny  the  miracles  of  the 
New  Testament,  he  boldly  challenges  the  premiss,  that 
miracles  do  not  happen  now.  He  says  that,  on  the 
contrary,  miracles  do  happen,  and  have  happened 
from  the  days  when  the  New  Testament  was  com- 
pleted down  to  our  own  time.  Is  he  right  or  wrong 
in  saying  this  ?  He  is  wrong  surely  in  so  far  as  he 
accepts  the  so-called  ecclesiastical  miracles  without 
discrimination,  and  is  ready  to  assert  a  supernatural 


MIRACLES. 


cause  for  occurrences  which  are  plainly  contrived  by 
ordinary  means  in  order  to  impress  the  vulgar,  or 
v^hich  are  natural  events  invested  with  a  supernatural 
character  by  honest  though  uncritical  historians.  A 
glance  at  some  of  the  miraculous  stories  of  the  Middle 
Ages  may  well  serve  to  cast  suspicion  on  any  and  all  of 
the  miracles  of  which  the  Romanist  maintains  there 
has  been  a  continuous  succession  down  to  the  present 
day.  And  yet  it  is  impossible  to  study  these  and 
similar  stories  in  a  candid  and  judicial  spirit,  without 
being  persuaded  that  there  is  a  substantial  residuum  of 
fact  in  some  of  them,  and  that  they  afford,  for  example, 
instances  of  cures  which  have  been  effected  by  methods 
of  which  we  have  no  ordinary  experience.  Making  all 
deductions  for  uncritical  or  even  unfaithful  narrative, 
there  can  be  little  doubt  but  that  in  the  alleged  miracles 
of  modern  times  we  are  brought  face  to  face  with  very 
remarkable  phenomena,  only  explicable  on  the  suppo- 
sition that  they  are  due  to  exceptional  action  of  mind 
over  body,  or,  in  the  case  of  an  interchange  of  influence, 
of  mind  over  mind. 

This  is  rendered  all  the  more  probable,  because 
recent  experiments  in  connection  with  hypnotism  and 
telepathy  have  been  attended  with  results,  which  appear 
to  prove  conclusively  that  certain  diseases  may  be 
cured  by  other  than  ordinary  medical  means ;  and 
there  is  much  likelihood,  that  in  the  not  distant  future 
a  more  exact  and  comprehensive  study  of  certain 
psychological  facts  will  furnish  us  with  some  remarkable 
discoveries    concerning   the    possibilities    of    personal 


94  MIRACLES. 


influence    of   a   kind   of  which   we   have  as  yet  Httle 
definite  knowledge. 

These    are    considerations    which    should    make    us 
strongly  disinclined   to  assent  to  the  proposition  that 
*' miracles  "  never  occur  now ;  and  whatever  weight  we 
attach  to  them,  they  place  an  insurmountable  difficulty 
in  the  way  of  our  making  a  clean  sweep  of  all  the  so- 
called  miracles  in  the  New  Testament.     Even   though 
some  of  those  miracles  seem  incapable  of  being  classed 
with  any  modern  case  of  healing  of  the  kind  that  has 
just   been  alluded   to,  and   are   vastly  more  difficult  to 
imagine    as    real    occurrences,    yet   while   we    do    find 
among  the   recorded  works  of  Christ    some    cures   of 
sickness,  which  are  apparently  similar  to  what  we  have 
heard  of  in  recent  years,  we  are  absolutely  unable  to 
deny   the  possibility  of  the   miraculous   in   the  life   of 
Christ.     More   than   that,    a    careful    investigation    of 
different  so-called  miracles  of  this  class   may  not  only 
serve  to  convince  us  of  their  truth,  but  may  logically 
incline  us  towards  a  belief  in  the  possibihty  of  some  of 
the  more  difficult  ones. 

Now,  when  we  analyse  the  miracles  interspersed 
throughout  the  Gospels,  we  find  that  they  are  capable 
of  being  arranged  in  four  or  five  different  classes. 
There  are,  first,  the  miracles  related  in  connection 
with  the  birth  and  infancy  of  Jesus,  miracles  in  which 
He  is  not  represented  as  having  a  personal  agency. 
Such  are  the  angelic  messages,  the  conception  by  the 
Holy  Ghost,  the  Star  in  the  East,  etc.  Against  these 
it  is   urged  that  similar  miraculous  stories  are  related 


MIRACLES.  95 


in  connection  with  other  remarkable  births,  and  they 
are  therefore  put  down  as  legends  which  the  pious 
imagination  of  the  early  Christians  wove  round  the 
story  of  the  Saviour's  infancy.  We  may  set  this  class 
of  miracles  aside  for  the  present.  Without  conceding 
their  falsehood,  it  must  be  maintained  that  the  demon- 
stration of  their  falsehood  would  not  in  the  slightest 
degree  affect  the  authenticity  of  others.  It  is  necessary 
to  insist  upon  this  at  the  outset,  for  some  people  seem 
incapable  of  dissociating  the  miraculous  stories  related 
about  Christ  from  those  in  which  He  is  represented  as 
the  direct  agent.  In  reality  they  are  quite  distinct,  and 
depend  for  their  verification  upon  evidence  of  a  different 
character.  Instead  of  rejecting  these  at  once,  and  from 
their  manifest  spuriousness  deducing  the  impossibility 
of  all  the  other  miracles,  the  proper  plan  surely  is,  to 
examine  first  those  miracles  which  are  ascribed  to  the 
action  of  Christ  Himself,  and  then  to  proceed  to  investi- 
gate the  evidence,  documentary  and  other,  which  can 
be  adduced  in  favour  of  the  marvels  which  are  said  to 
have  taken  place  at  His  birth.  The  result  of  the  first 
investigation  will  have  a  very  practical  influence  on 
the  manner  in  which  we  shall  be  disposed  to  approach 
the  second. 

The  next  class  of  Gospel  miracles  that  may  be 
named  is  that  which  comprises  occurrences,  that 
might  or  might  not  be  correctly  explained,  as  natural 
events  described  in  a  supernatural  way  or  with  super- 
natural accessories.  Among  these  we  may  include  parts 
of  the  story  of  the   Temptation,  such  as,  "  The  devil 


96  MIRACLES. 


taketh  Him  up  into  the  Holy  city,  and  setteth  Him 
on  a  pinnacle  of  the  Temple,"  in  which  it  has  been 
suggested  that  we  may  find  traces  of  a  supernatural 
colouring  given  to  an  actual  struggle  fought  out  by 
Jesus  in  solitude.  The  descent  of  the  Holy  Dove 
upon  Christ  at  His  Baptism  may  also  be,  as  some  old 
commentators  have  thought,  a  miraculous  description 
of  some  natural  circumstance  that  coincided  with 
Christ's  "going  up  out  of  the  water."  We  have  no 
data  for  disproving  such  explanations  of  various 
occurrences  described  in  the  Bible  as  miraculous,  and 
it  is  not  a  matter  of  importance  that  they  should  be 
disproved,  except  we  would  maintain  what  it  is  needless 
and  indeed  impossible  to  maintain,  that  the  writers  of 
the  Gospels  were  supernaturally  preserved  from  every 
possible  form  of  error,  whether  critical  or  historical, 
in  their  narratives.  The  most  implicit  faith  in  the 
genuineness  and  honesty  of  the  Evangelists  is  quite 
compatible  with  the  opinion,  that  they  may  have  some- 
times given  a  supernatural  character  to  occurrences 
which,  had  they  happened  in  our  day,  would  have  been 
differently  described. 

A  very  striking  instance  of  how  such  a  mistake  might 
have  been  made  by  an  Evangelist  is  furnished  in  the 
fifth  chapter  of  St.  John's  Gospel.  A  description  is 
there  given  of  a  famous  medicinal  pool  called  Bethesda. 
This  pool  has  been  identified  on  very  good  grounds 
with  an  intermittent  spring  now  called  the  Fountain  of 
the  Virgin,  which  bubbles  up  at  irregular  intervals 
sometimes  two  or  three  times  a  day,  and  sometimes  in 


MIRACLES.  97 


summer  once  in  two  or  three  days.  When  these 
disturbances  of  the  water  mentioned  in  the  Gospel 
took  place,  the  medicinal  properties  of  the  pool  were  at 
their  highest,  and  though  there  is  nothing  in  the 
narrative  to  warrant  the  supposition  that  any  person 
who  bathed  in  the  water  was  at  once,  as  it  were, 
miraculously  cured,  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  repeated 
use  of  such  an  intermittent  and  gaseous  spring,  as 
modern  exp^^rience  testifies,  was  likely  to  produce  most 
beneficial  results.  In  the  then,  state  of  scientific  know- 
ledge the  nature  of  medicinal  springs  was  not  under- 
stood, and  it  is  not  surprising  therefore  that  such 
effects  as  those  produced  at  the  pool  of  Bethesda 
should  have  been  attributed  to  supernatural  agency. 
Accordingly  the  Jews  conceived  that  an  Angel  went 
down  at  a  certain  season  into  the  pool,  and  troubled 
the  water.  It  was  a  pious  and  beautiful  imagination, 
although  manifestly  to  us  it  involves  the  error  of 
assigning  to  a  more  remote  and  mysterious  cause  what 
is  easily  explained  by  a  nearer  and  simpler  one.  The 
legend  is  recorded  in  the  fourth  verse  of  John  v.  in  the 
Authorised  Version,  but  has  been  expunged  by  the 
Revisers,  as  the  verse  is  wanting  in  the  majority  of  the 
best  MSS.,  and  contains  internal  evidences  of  its 
spuriousness.  There  is  no  doubt,  however,  that  it  was 
incorporated  into  other  texts  of  the  Gospel  at  a  very 
early  date.  Now,  it  may  be  argued  that  the  acknow- 
ledged spuriousness  of  the  verse  tends  to  acquit  the 
the  author  of  this  Gospel  of  the  liability  to  such  an 
error  as  it  exemplifies,  but  on  the  other  hand  the  fact 

G 


98  MIR  A  CLES. 


that  a  story  so  manifestly  legendary  was  thus  early 
embodied  in  the  text  of  the  New  Testament  by  those 
who  lived  nearest  to  the  Evangelists  and  most 
reverentially  preserved  their  works,  is  strong  evidence 
of  the  habit  of  thought  with  regard  to  the  miraculous 
that  prevailed  in  the  earliest  days  of  Christianity. 
It  is  only  likely  then  that  those  who  put  together 
the  first  records  of  the  life  of  Christ  should  have 
shared  this  habit  of  thought.  We  have  no  authority 
for  affirming  that,  unlike  all  their  contemporaries, 
they  were  possessed  of  such  critical  powers  as 
we  have  but  lately  acquired  from  our  accumulated 
knowledge  of  historical  and  scientific  facts  ;  and  it  is  but 
reasonable  to  suppose,  that  certain  occurrences  recorded 
in  the  New  Testament  as  having  been  brought  about 
by  supernatural  agency,  may  have  happened  in  strict 
accordance  with  natural  law. 

When,  however,  we  apply  ourselves  to  a  careful 
investigation  of  another  class  of  miracles,  those  imme- 
diately ascribed  to  the  agency  of  Christ  Himself,  we 
cannot  suppose  the  same  reason  for  questioning  the 
literal  accuracy  of  the  Gospel  narratives.  We  simply 
cannot  satisfactorily  conceive  of  such  occurrences  as 
happening  at  all  except  in  the  way  they  are  described. 
There  is  nothing  in  our  ordinary  experience  which  gives 
us  the  slightest  clue  as  to  how  they  could  have  taken 
place  otherwise.  If  we  do  not  accept  the  explanation 
given  of  them  in  the  Gospels,  we  are  forced  to  account 
for  their  appearance  in  their  narrative  by  one  of  two 
expedients,  which   to   the   unprejudiced   mind    involve 


MIRACLES.  99 


infinitely  greater  difficulties  than  that  of  accepting 
them  for  what  they  are  stated  to  be.  Either  they  were 
*' thaumaturgic  frauds  "  practised  by  Christ  in  order  to 
impose  upon  the  common  people,  *'  a  concession,"  as 
Renan  has  put  it,  "  forced  from  him  by  a  passing 
necessity,"  or  else  they  are  mere  inventions  of  the 
sacred  writers.  The  first  supposition,  to  those  who 
have  studied  the  character  of  Christ  reverently  and 
sympathetically,  is  absolutely  untenable.  Some  may 
think  He  could  have  stooped  to  a  long  continued  course 
of  imposition,  but  those  who  have  tried  for  long  to 
know  Christ  are  wholly  convinced  that  He  could  not 
have  done  such  a  thing ;  and,  whatever  perplexity  the 
miraculous  may  suggest  to  them,  it  would  be  infinitely 
easier  to  them  to  believe  that  He  actually  wrought 
miracles  than  that  He  only  pretended  to  do  so. 

But  the  miracles  ascribed  to  Christ  may  be  inven- 
tions of  the  early  Christians.  It  was  in  exact  accord- 
ance with  the  taste  and  fashion  of  the  age,  that  those 
who  applied  themselves  to  relate  the  story  of  One  for 
whom  they  laid  claims  to  divine  origin  should  weave 
into  that  story  a  whole  cycle  of  miracles.  This  is 
Strauss's  assertion,  and  he  has  framed  a  theory  to  fit 
in  with  it.  His  theory  is,  that  the  earliest  Jewish 
Christians  came  to  believe  in  Jesus  as  the  Messiah, 
that  they  had  been  brought  up  from  childhood  in  the 
belief  that  the  Messiah  was  to  have  certain  distin- 
guishing marks,  that  then  stories  circulated  among 
them  purporting  to  show  how  Jesus  actually  did  all 
that,   according    to   their   notions.   He  ought  to  have 


100  MIRACLES. 


done,  and  that  these  stories,  bein^^:  in  perfect  accord- 
ance with  their  preconceived  notions,  when  once 
started  were  readily  beheved  in,  and  in  simple  faith 
passed  on  from  one  to  another,  until  in  process  of  time 
they  came  to  be  recorded  in  the  Gospels. 

Now  even  if  this  theory  were  thouf::ht  to  be  in  some 
respects  probable,  if  it  were  felt  that  there  was  a  likeli- 
hood that  the  Jewish  Christians  might  be  inclined  to 
attribute  to  Jesus  some  things  which   they  had  been 
brought  up  to  believe  as  characteristic  of  the  Messiah, 
in  no  way  would  this  opinion  satisfactorily  account  for 
the  miracles  purporting  to  be  wrought  by  His  personal 
agency.     To  imagine   that   all  these   stories   are   mere 
fabrications,  gradually  pieced  together  after  our  Lord's 
disappearance,   is  to   endow  the  first  Christians  with 
gifts  of  invention  which  far  transcend  any  powers  of  the 
human  mind  which  have  ever  been  exhibited  before  or 
since.     For  perfection  of  form,  for  dramatic  accuracy, 
and  for  beauty  of  parabolic  teaching,  there  would  be 
nothing  at  all   approaching  them   in  the  literature   of 
fiction.     We    must     put     those    untutored    fishermen, 
slaves,  artisans,  and  tradesmen,  far  above  our  Homers 
and  Shakespeares,  and  acknowledge  that  in  the  narra- 
tives  attributed    to   the    Evangelists   we    possess    the 
loftiest  achievements  of  the    imagination  which   have 
ever  been  attained.     This  of  course  is  absurd.     It  is 
quite  unthinkable  that  all  the  stories  of  the  miracles  of 
Christ,  being  such   as   they  are,  could  have  originated 
in  the  brains  of  those  who  wrote  them   down.     The 
argument  that  other  cycles  of  miracles  in  other  remark- 


MIRACLES.  101 


able  lives  had  their  origin  in  this  way  simply  does  not 
fit  the  case  at  all.  The  two  kinds  of  narratives  cannot 
be  even  compared  together.  When  v^e  read  the  Gospel 
according  to  St.  Matthew,  say,  after  Bede's  Ecclesias- 
tical History,  not  to  mention  the  apocryphal  lives  of 
Christ,  we  recognize  the  difference  at  once.  However 
much  we  may  be  inclined  to  suspect  the  accuracy  of 
a  narrative  which  deals  in  miracle,  whatever  natural 
repugnance  we  may  feel  to  the  acceptance  of  the  possi- 
bility of  the  miraculous,  the  fabrication  theory  of  all 
the  miracles  attributed  to  Christ  is  infinitely  more 
unthinkable  than  that  those  miracles  actually  happened. 
The  best  way  surely  to  form  an  opinion  as  to  their 
truth  or  falsehood  is  to  approach  the  study  of  the  text 
of  the  Gospels  with  a  mind  as  free  as  possible  from  a 
bias  either  way.  In  a  literary  question  so  controverted 
internal  evidence  is  of  great  value,  and  even  if  we 
cannot  wholly  rid  ourselves  of  a  prejudice  against  the 
miraculous,  it  is  at  least  only  fair  that  we  should 
examine  some  of  these  stories  related  about  Christ  to 
see  whether  it  may  not  be  likely  after  all  that  they 
carry  their  own  explanation  with  them.  Not  to  go 
further  afield  let  us  take  the  incident  narrated  directly 
after  the  mention  of  the  pool  of  Bethesda  in  St.  John  v. 
The  Authorised  Version  afforded  us  an  instance  of  a 
natural  occurrence  explained  supernaturally — a  fabri- 
cated miracle.  In  the  following  verses  there  is  related 
what  purports  to  be  the  cure  by  Jesus  of  the  paralytic, 
who  was  unable  to  get  himself  conveyed  to  the  pool 
when  the  water  was  ''troubled."     '*  When  Jesus  saw 


102  MIRACLES. 


him  lying,  and  knew  that  he  had  been  now  a  long 
time  in  that  case,  He  saith  unto  him,  Wouldest  thou 
be  made  whole  ?  The  sick  man  answered  Him,  Sir, 
I  have  no  man,  when  the  water  is  troubled,  to  put  me 
into  the  pool :  but  while  I  am  coming,  another  steppeth 
down  before  me.  Jesus  saith  unto  him.  Arise,  take  up 
thy  bed,  and  walk.  And  straightway  the  man  was 
made  whole,  and  took  up  his  bed  and  walked."*  Now 
is  this  miracle  explicable  by  any  of  the  theories  we 
have  been  considering  ?  Was  it  an  imposition  practised 
by  Christ  on  the  paralytic  and  the  bystanders  ?  Did 
He  pretend  to  heal  the  man  and  satisfy  both  him  and 
the  others  that  he  was  healed  ?  Was  it  a  conjuring 
trick  by  which  He  made  this  helpless  cripple  appear  to 
take  up  his  bed  and  walk  ?  That  surely  is  quite  out  of 
the  question.  Well  then  is  it  a  fabricated  incident  ? 
Did  no  such  thing  happen  at  all  ?  Was  there  no 
paralytic  at  the  pool  of  Bethesda,  and  did  Christ 
exercise  no  influence  over  such  a  man  ?  There  may 
be  those  who  can  fancy  this ;  but  on  grounds  of  pure 
literary  criticism  there  is  no  better  reason  for  cutting 
out  this  part  of  the  fifth  chapter  of  St.  John  than  there 
is  for  getting  rid  of  the  rest  of  the  book.  It  may  be 
left  to  the  common  sense  of  any  ordinary  reader  to 
determine  whether  we  have  any  justification  for  saying 
that  something  of  the  sort  described  by  the  Evangelist 
did  not  actually  take  place.  There  remains  then  only 
the  supposition  that  we  may  have  here  a  natural  event 
described   in    a   supernatural    way.     A    paralytic    was 

*St.  John  V.  6-9. 


MIRA  CLES.  103 


healed  and  took  up  his  bed  and  walked.  How  could 
this  have  happened,  supposing  the  cure  to  be  authentic  ? 
What  natural  or  ordinary  process  may  be  postulated 
to  account  for  it  ?  Supposing  the  man  was  cured, 
what  room  is  there  for  exaggeration  in  the  account 
given  of  his  cure  ?  Positively  none.  We  are  thus 
driven  finally  to  ask  ourselves  the  question,  Did 
Christ  actuadly  heal  the  man  in  the  way  described  by 
the  Evangelist  ?  Was  it  so  that  the  man  looked  up  to 
this  wondrous  Presence,  fell  under  the  influence  of 
His  mysterious  personal  power,  and  when  the  command 
came  to  him  sudden,  sharp,  irresistible,  "  Take  up  thy 
bed  and  walk,"  he  could  not  choose  but  obey  ?  Was 
it  an  instance  of  a  commanding  mind  acting  on  another 
mind  in  such  a  way  as  thereby  to  make  a  decrepit  body 
do  its  will  ?  We  have  had  no  experience  in  these  later 
days  of  any  occurrence  exactly  resembling  this.  But 
why  should  we  therefore  say  that  it  could  not  have 
happened  ?  That  mind  can  exercise  an  extraordinary 
influence  over  mind  we  have  sufficient  proofs.  That 
the  mind  can  force  the  body  to  do  what  no  ordinary 
medical  skill  can,  is  equally  certain.  Why  then  may 
we  not  reasonably  suppose  that  Jesus  may  have  healed 
the  paralytic  in  the  manner  described  by  the  Evangelist  ? 
Nay,  when  we  weigh  all  the  evidence  for  and  against 
the  historical  truth  of  the  story,  do  we  not  find  that 
this  is  the  easiest  assumption  by  which  it  can  be 
accounted  for ;  does  it  not  do  less  violence  to  the 
imagination  than  any  other  ? 

A  circumstance  that  favours  this  comparison  between 


104  MIRACLES. 


the  method  in  which  Christ  wrought  His  wonderful 
cures,  and  our  experience  of  the  power  of  mind  over 
body,  is  the  frequent  mention  in  such  narratives  of  the 
estabHshment  of  a  suitable  mental  communication 
between  Christ  and  the  patient,  prior  to  the  consum- 
mation of  the  cure.  In  the  case  that  has  already  been 
cited,  it  is  left  to  be  understood  from  the  man's 
bearing  towards  Christ  that  he  was  capable  of  being 
brought  under  the  healing  spell.  But  in  many  other 
cases  it  is  pointedly  mentioned  that  such  and  such  a 
person  had  "  faith  to  be  healed."  The  absence  of  such 
faith,  it  is  more  than  once  hinted,  made  it  impossible 
that  Christ  could  work  His  marvellous  cures, — the 
*'  faith,"  be  it  understood,  indicating  not  merely  the 
readiness  to  submit  the  will,  the  temperamental 
aptitude  for  being  a  "  subject,"  to  use  the  phraseology 
of  mesmerism  or  spiritualism,  but,  more  especially,  a 
moral  qualification,  there  always  being  a  mysterious 
connection  in  the  cures  wrought  by  Christ  between 
the  remission  of  moral  guilt  and  the  release  from 
physical  infirmity.  Thus,  in  the  account  of  the  visit 
to  Nazareth  it  is  said,  **And  He  could  there  do  no 
mighty  work,  save  that  He  laid  His  hands  upon  a  few 
sick  folk,  and  healed  them.  And  He  marvelled  because 
of  their  unbelief."  * 

So  far  there  is  nothing  of  a  distinctively  supernatural 

character  that  we   have   noted  in  Christ's  miracles  of 

healing,  nothing  that  appears  like  a  violent  interference 

with  the  laws  of  nature,  which  is  the   old-fashioned  and 

*St.  Mark  vi.  5,  6. 


MIRACLES.  105 


Still  perhaps  common  notion  of  the  miraculous.  On 
the  contrary  we  have  traced  various  points  of  similarity 
between  these  events  described  as  miraculous,  and 
events  of  exceptional  though  natural  occurrence  now  ; 
for  the  force  exerted  by  mind  over  body  cannot  be 
called  supernatural.  Though  we  know  so  little  about 
it,  it  acts,  or  may  be  conceived  to  act,  in  complete 
accordance  with  natural  law.  And  it  is  to  be  particu- 
larly observed  that  all  Christ's  miracles  of  healing  are 
of  such  a  character  that  they  can  be  conceived  as 
having  been  effected  in  a  natural  though  extraordinary 
way.  For  example,  we  never  hear  of  His  restoring  an 
amputated  limb  or  doing  anything  like  a  creative  work. 
Such  cures  as  are  attributed  to  Him  are  by  no  means 
of  a  sort  to  excite  justly  the  antagonism  of  medical 
science.  They  are  all  conceivable  to  those  who  can 
imagine  that  Christ  may  have  possessed  to  a  remarkable 
degree  a  curative  force  capable  of  acting  on  the  springs 
of  life  in  a  diseased  person. 

The  whole  matter  then  hinges  on  the  question, 
whether  Christ  may  be  reasonably  supposed  to  have 
possessed  such  a  power.  The  only  way  to  form  a 
proper  judgment  on  that  point  is  to  find  out  as  exactly 
as  possible  what  sort  of  a  person  He  was.  And  for 
that  purpose  it  is  necessary  that  we  should  make  a  close 
and  impartial  investigation  of  His  recorded  words. 
First  of  all,  there  is  the  necessity  of  ascertaining  as 
correctly  as  possible  what  Christ  actually  did  say,  and 
then  His  words,  all  of  them,  not  a  few,  should  be 
patiently  and   reverentially  read  and   re-read   till  they 


106  MIRACLES. 


reveal  their  secret  about  the  nature  of  Him  Who  spoke 
them.  Above  all,  we  must  approach  the  study  with  an 
unprejudiced  mind.  If  we  take  up  the  Gospel  with  a 
determined  conviction  that  miracles  do  not  happen,  we 
shall  see  in  them  what  we  have  eyes  to  see  and  nothing 
more— a  Christ  Who  does  not  differ  very  remarkably 
from  other  good  men  and  moral  teachers.  But  if  we 
set  the  thought  of  the  possibility  or  impossibility  of  the 
miraculous  aside  for  the  time  being,  endeavouring  to 
keep  an  open  mind  on  the  question,  then  we  shall  be  in 
a  position  to  judge  whether  Christ  was  such  a  very 
remarkable  personage  in  other  respects  that  He  might 
well  be  supposed  capable  of  doing  the  ''  mighty  works  " 
that  have  been  attributed  to  Him. 

After  all,  it  is  the  words  of  Christ  that  exhibit  most 
convincingly  what  sort  of  a  person  He  was.  It  is  by 
His  words  that,  on  His  own  acknowledgment,  His 
personal  claims  must  chiefly  be  tested.  The  intrinsic 
superiority  of  such  a  kind  of  evidence  is  manifest, 
especially  in  an  age  when  intricate  matters  of  history 
and  criticism  beset  the  recognition  of  the  authenticity 
of  His  signs.  It  is  an  evidence,  moreover,  which  appeals 
to  the  whole  man,  to  the  highest  part  of  man,  his 
conscience  and  his  moral  emotions  as  well  as  to  his 
intellect.  Yet  it  is  not  a  kind  of  evidence  that  can 
be  dealt  with  offhand.  It  cannot  be  passed  in  review 
and  decided  upon  by  the  immediate  effect  which  it 
produces.  The  words  of  Christ  must  above  all  things, 
so  He  taught,  be  tested  by  their  application  to  the  life 
of  the  person  who  studies  them.     If  we  would  know 


MIRACLES.  107 


the  greatness  of  them,  the  wonder  of  them,  we  must 
act  upon  them.  Christ  expressly  declared  that  it  was 
only  by  a  continuous  practice  of  His  teaching  that  men 
could  judge  precisely  about  Him  and  them.  *'  If  ye 
abide  in  My  words,  ye  shall  know  the  truth."*  Hence 
it  is  beyond  reasonable  dispute,  that,  until  a  man  has 
diligently  studied  the  words  of  Christ,  and  reverently 
and  obediently  endeavoured  day  by  day  to  fit  his  life  to 
these  words,  he  is  not  qualified  to  pronounce  finally 
about  what  Christ  actually  was,  and  what  He  could  or 
could  not  do.  If  this  important  matter  of  the  credi- 
bility of  the  Gospel  miracles  is  to  be  satisfactorily 
decided,  it  is  indispensable,  according  to  all  the  rules 
of  just  and  candid  criticism,  that  the  conditions  should 
be  fulfilled,  by  which  only,  on  Christ's  repeated  and 
emphatic  declaration,  the  nature  of  His  personality  can 
be  apprehended.  It  must  therefore  be  required,  that 
everyone  who  desires  to  have  his  opinion  regarded 
concerning  the  capabilities  of  Christ,  shall  be  able  to 
say  that  he  has  tried  for  a  sufiicient  length  of  time  to 
adapt  his  life  entirely  to  the  teaching  of  Christ,  that  he 
has  set  before  himself  only  the  hopes  and  aims  that 
Christ  recommended,  that  he  has  earnestly  and 
perseveringly  endeavoured  to  act  upon  those  most 
original  and  distinctive  sayings,  "  Lay  not  up  for  your- 
selves treasures  upon  earth,  but  lay  up  for  yourselves 
treasures  in  heaven,"  "  Be  not  anxious  for  your  life,  what 
ye  shall  eat,  or  what  ye  shall  drink,  etc.,"  "  Seek  ye  first 
the  Kingdom  of  God,  and  His  righteousness,"  ''Ask  and 

*  St.  John  viii.  31,  32. 


108  MIRACLES. 


it  shall  be  given  you  :  seek  and  ye  shall  find  :  knock  and 
it  shall  be  opened  unto  you,"  "  He  that  findeth  his  life 
shall  lose  it,  and  he  that  loseth  his  life  for  My  sake 
shall  find  it."  When  a  man  has  experimented  on  the 
words  of  Christ  by  acting  thus  for  a  while  on  his  theory 
of  human  life  and  of  the  highest  good,  then,  and  not 
till  then,  has  he  a  right  to  be  listened  to  with  deference, 
when  he  expresses  an  opinion  as  to  whether  Christ  was 
or  was  not  such  a  remarkable  personage,  that  He  might 
well  be  supposed  capable  of  healing  a  paralytic  by  an 
authoritative  word. 

The  fact  is,  if  Christ  possessed  any  power  that  was 
distinctively  original,  extraordinary,  miraculous,  it  was 
His  power  over  men's  spirits,  their  wills,  their  conduct, 
and  their  characters.  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  we 
have  been  accustomed  to  apply  this  term  miraculous, 
meaning  something  beyond  ordinary  experience,  only  to 
that  kind  of  influence  which  Christ  exerted  over  men's 
bodies.  In  realit}^,  there  are  other  w^orks  attributed 
to  Him,  which  nobody  has  called  in  question,  and 
yet  which,  to  those  who  have  had  much  to  do  with 
moral  education,  are  at  least  equally  marvellous. 
How  hard  it  is  to  reclaim  one  intemperate  person  from 
his  besetting  vice,  to  win  back  one  covetous  and  dis- 
honest person  to  ways  of  honesty  and  self-denial ! 
There  are  many  who  argue,  that,  after  a  character 
has  once  become  firmly  set,  it  is  impossible  to  change 
it ;  and  it  must  be  admitted  that  so  few  are  the 
instances  of  radical  changes  for  the  better  taking 
place  in  men  of  middle  or  advanced  age,  that  there 


MIRACLES.  109 


is  just  as  much  ground  for  saying  that  matured 
characters  cannot  be  changed,  as  that  "  miracles  do 
not  happen."  In  fact,  a  complete  change  of  character 
effected  in  a  moment  of  time,  an  instantaneous  con- 
version, is  a  miracle,  as  much  as  a  sudden  arrestation 
of  disease.  We  hear  of  instantaneous  conversions, 
just  as  we  hear  of  modern  miracles,  and  we  are 
sceptical  whenever  we  hear  of  them  :  for  most  of  the 
cases  of  the  sort  that  we  have  been  able  to  test  have 
been  found  to  be  not  authentic.  Yet  we  read  of 
instantaneous  conversions  in  the  hfe  of  Christ,  and 
they  are  not  supposed  to  present  any  great  difficulty ; 
nobody  has  taken  pains  to  deny  them,  and  indeed  it 
is  quite  conceded  that  Christ  was  able  to  bring  them 
about.  Yet  how  can  we  reasonably  accept  this  class  of 
works  attributed  to  Him  and  not  the  other  ?  Christ 
Himself  saw  no  distinction  of  difficulty  between  them. 
"  Whether  is  easier,"  He  asked,  ''  to  say,  Thy  sins  are 
forgiven  thee  ;  or  to  say.  Arise  and  walk  ?  "  Whether 
is  easier,  to  free  a  man  from  his  sinfulness  of  soul,  or 
from  his  disease  of  body?  We  cannot  say  that  the 
former  is  the  easier.  And  therefore,  if  we  are  con- 
strained to  believe  that  Christ  succeeded  in  performing 
miracles  of  healing  over  men's  souls,  we  cannot 
reasonably  dispute  His  power  of  working  miracles 
on  their  bodies.  What  a  remarkable  exhibition  of 
power  was  it  that  He  made  when  He  encountered 
Zacchgeus !  What  a  miraculous  influence  He  exerted 
over  that  man,  when  He  forced  hirn  to  say  in  the  truest 
language  of  repentance,  "  Behold,  Lord,  the  half  of  my 


110  MIRACLES. 


goods  I  give  to  the  poor :  and  if  I  have  wrongfully 
exacted  aught  of  any  man,  I  restore  fourfold  !  "  Have 
we  any  reason  for  thinking  that  such  a  manifestation 
of  power  was  less  remarkable  than  that  which  produced 
the  result  on  the  paralytic  that  "  straightway  the  man 
was  made  whole,  and  took  up  his  bed  and  walked  "  ? 
It  is  really  only  our  ignorance  of  the  laws  of  mental 
and  spiritual  influence  that  makes  us  hesitate  at  all 
about  attributing  to  Christ  the  ability  to  work  the  one 
kind  of  miracles  as  easily  as  the  other.  When,  how- 
ever, we  have  felt  constrained  to  acknowledge  the 
possession  by  Christ  of  such  a  power,  then  not  only 
will  that  hesitation  vanish,  but  we  shall  feel  that  the 
extraordinary  thing  would  have  been  had  He  not  exerted 
any  miraculous  influence  over  diseases  of  the  body, 
such  as  He  exerted  over  diseases  of  the  mind.  The 
so-called  miracles  of  the  Gospel  will  then  fall  into 
their  proper  place  and  have  their  distinctive  evidential 
value,  not  as  demonstrating  a  fortiori  that  He  Who 
had  thus  power  to  cure  the  body  has  power  to  save  the 
soul,  but  as  affording  a  secondary  testimony  that  He, 
Who  can  yet  by  Hislife-giving  words  turn  a  sinner  into 
a  saint,  showed  Himself  while  on  earth  to  be  in  every 
respect  the  remarkable  personage  that  we  should  have 
expected  Him  to  have  been,  that  He  had  power  over  all 
manifestations  of  life  whether  of  soul  or  body. 

After  what  has  been  said,  it  will  be  needless  to 
examine  further  into  the  different  classes  of  miracles  of 
healing  attributed  to  Christ,  and  to  notice  His  various 
methods  of    dealing  with  different  persons  who  were 


MIRACLES.  Ill 


afflicted  with  disease  ;  how  some  He  touched,  hke  the 
lepers,  as  though  He  thereby  communicated  His  healing 
"virtue"  to  them  ;  how  of  some  He  required  evidences 
of  *' faith;"  and  how  some  He  healed,  who  from  their 
pecuhar  crcumstances  were  unable  to  give  any  such 
evidences.  When  once  we  are  convinced  that  He 
possessed  such  a  power  of  heahng,  it  matters  httle  to 
our  recognition  of  the  authenticity  of  these  different 
records  how  He  exercised  it.  One  and  all  are  equally 
probable. 

But  we  read  of  other  acts  attributed  to  Him  which 
are  of  a  very  different   kind.     He  is  not  simply  repre- 
sented as  giving  sight  to  the  blind  and  making  the  lame 
to  walk,  but  as  causing  a  legion  of  devils  to  pass  into 
a  herd  of  swine,  as  stilling  a  tempest,  as  multiplying 
loaves,  as  blasting  a  fig-tree,  and  as  restoring  the  dead 
to  life.     In  dealing  with  this  class  of  miracles,  we  can 
hardly  feel  ourselves  to  be  on  ground  so  critically  safe, 
as    when    we    are    dealing    with    the    preceding.     We 
cannot  be  so  sure,  that  the  Evangelists,  in  relating  some 
of  these,  may  not  have  been  led  to  give  a  supernatural 
colouring  to   occurrences  that  happened    in  a  natural 
way.     For  example,  the  herd  of  swine  might  have  been 
seized  with  a  panic.     Instead  of  Christ  intervening  to 
procure    their    destruction,    we  can    imagine   that   the 
shrieks  of  the  maniacs,  whom  He  restored  to  their  right 
minds,  might  have  had  the  effect  of  terrifying  the  swine, 
and   driving   them   wildly   over  the  brow  of  the  cliff. 
Such  an  accompaniment  of  a  notable  work  of  healing, 
when  it   came  to  be  related  afterwards,  might  easily 


112  MIRACLES. 


have  been  quoted  as  affording    additional  evidence  of 
the  manifestation  of  power  which  Christ  then  made. 

But  the  same  sort  of  explanation  can  hardly  be 
suggested  to  account  for  the  narrative  of  the  blasting 
of  the  fig-tree,  and  of  the  raising  of  Lazarus.  Both 
accounts  are  too  circumstantial  to  be  so  treated,  and 
when  they  are  read  with  special  reference  to  the 
explanation  which  Christ  Himself  gave  of  them,  and  to 
the  teaching  which  He  founded  upon  them,  it  becomes 
exceedingly  difficult  to  imagine  how  they  could  have 
been  manufactured,  or  described  miraculously  by  a 
mistake.  They  force  us  back  on  to  the  question, 
whether  the  Christ,  Who  gave  such  evidences  of  an 
unexampled  power  over  the  whole  moral  and  physical 
nature  of  man,  could  not  have  found  it  possible  even  to 
restore  life  to  a  body  from  which  it  seemed  to  have 
departed,  as  well  as  to  arrest  the  flow  of  hfe  in  a  plant. 
True,  these  two  miracles  are  far  more  difficult  to 
imagine  as  possible  than  any  of  the  ordinary  works 
of  healing.  There  is  a  marked  difference  between 
increasing  the  vitaHty  which  already  exists  in  a  body, 
and  restoring  a  vitality  which  apparently  has  left  it. 
But  though  we  have  absolutely  no  experience  of  such 
a  restoration  of  vitality,  yet  when  we  have  formed  such 
a  conception  of  the  unique  power  of  Christ,  as  we 
cannot  fail  to  derive  from  a  proper  study  of  His 
teaching  and  influence,  it  ceases  to  be  difficult  to 
imagine  that  He  could  actually  have  brought  the  dead 
to  life.  At  any  rate,  let  the  narrative  of  the  raising  of 
Lazarus  be  carefully  and  reverentially  studied  after  the 


MIRACLES.  113 


endeavour  has  been  made  to  obtain  a  right  picture  in 
the  mind  of  the  true  Christ  of  the  Gospels,  and  it  will 
be  easier  to  believe  that  He  actually  wrought  the 
miracle,  than  that  a  narrative  so  dramatically  perfect 
and  so  simply  truthful  in  appearance  can  be  other  than 
the  record  of  a  real  event.  The  blasting  of  the  fig-tree 
again  is  a  wonder-work  of  so  great  magnitude  that  the 
narration  of  it  may  well  excite  in  us  the  surprise  that 
the  event  as  recorded  is  said  to  have  awakened  in  the 
minds  of  those  who  witnessed  it ;  but  we  have  no  right 
to  deny  the  possibility  of  it  till  we  have  experienced  to 
the  full  the  potency  of  the  force  by  means  of  which 
Christ  is  said  to  have  explained  the  occurrence.  ''And 
when  the  disciples  saw  it  they  marvelled,  saying,  How 
did  the  fig-tree  immediately  wither  away  ?  And  Jesus 
answered  and  said  unto  them,  Verily,  I  say  unto  you, 
If  ye  have  faith  and  doubt  not,  ye  shall  not  only  do 
what  is  done  to  the  fig-tree,  but  even  if  ye  shall  say 
unto  this  mountain,  Be  thou  taken  up,  and  cast  into 
the  sea,  it  shall  be  done  ;  and  all  things  whatsoever  ye 
shall  ask  in  prayer,  believing,  ye  shall  receive. ""^^  What 
is  faith  ?  What  cannot  faith  do  ? — such  faith  as, 
according  to  the  acknowledgment  of  Carlyle,has  done  all 
the  good  that  has  ever  been  done  on  the  earth.  Faith, 
like  that  of  the  saints,  is,  we  know  certainly,  the  most 
powerful  factor  in  the  moral  world;  why  should  it  not 
have  power  in  the  natural  world  as  well  ?  This  will- 
force  of  man  which  acts  perceptibly  on  his  fellows, 
when  it  is  intensified  by  a  realization  of  the  Infinite 
*  St.  Matthew  xxi.  20-22. 
H 


114  MIRACLES. 


Invisible  Being,  and  strengthened  by  a  conscious  com- 
munication with  and  dependence  on  that  Being,  why 
should  it  not  be  able  to  operate  on  those  other 
forces  which  also  emanate  from  the  Infinite  Being  ?  At 
least  we  must  confess  that  no  one  has  ever  given 
such  evidence  of  a  conscious  communication  with  the 
Unseen  as  Jesus  Christ,  and  therefore,  till  we  have  had 
experience  of  a  power  of  faith  equal  to  that  which  He 
exhibited,  we  cannot,  even  when  viewing  the  matter  in 
the  dryest  light  of  science,  deny  that  He  could  have 
caused  a  fig-tree  to  wither  away. 

It  is  perhaps  because  in  these  later  days  we  have 
less  knowledge  of  the  power  of  faith,  and  fewer  and 
feebler  exhibitions  of  it  are  given  to  the  world,  that  we 
find  such  great  difficulty  in  understanding  how  it  can 
''  move  mountains."  Perchance,  in  the  future,  we  may 
be  witnesses  of  incontestable  operations  of  faith, 
similar  to,  if  feebler  than,  those  attributed  to  Christ; 
and  then  we  shall  be  in  a  better  position  to  pass  a 
judgment  concerning  the  mightiest  and  the  most 
wonderful  of  the  works  which  He  is  said  to  have 
performed. 

Meanwhile,  it  is  for  those  who  profess  to  adhere 
closely  to  the  most  correctly  scientific  method  in  the 
investigation  of  truth  to  guard  themselves  from  making 
any  dogmatic  assertions  as  to  the  impossibility  of  such 
occurrences.  If  there  is  wanting  in  favour  of  many  of 
them  such  evidence  as  should  rightly  convince  any 
scientifically  trained  mind,  at  least  they  cannot  be 
disproved;  while  some  of  them,  such  as  those  works 


MIRACLES.  115 


that  have  been  more  particularly  referred  to,  have 
been  rendered  by  recent  collateral  evidence  in  the 
highest  degree  probable.  Until  we  are  in  possession  of 
more  adequate  data  for  sifting  the  claims  to  belief  of 
the  other  miracles  attributed  to  Christ,  it  behoves 
everyone  to  maintain  at  least  an  open  mind  with 
respect  to  them. 

Especially  is  this  the  case  with  respect  to  the  greatest 
of  all  the  miracles,  that  of  the  Resurrection.  It  cannot 
be  rightly  claimed  in  favour  of  that  miracle  that  the 
evidence  for  it,  strong  though  it  may  be,  is  sufficient 
to  manifestly  overpower  the  weighty  arguments  that 
may  be  urged  against  it ;  still  less  can  it  be  rightly 
maintained  that  the  rejection  of  that  evidence  as 
insufficient  argues  moral  obliquity  on  the  part  of  the 
doubter.  The  question  of  the  verbal  accuracy  of 
the  account  of  Christ's  Resurrection  which  is  given 
in  the  Gospels,  is  a  question  of  historical  fact,  to  be 
decided  as  all  other  such  questions  are  decided,  by 
evidence.*     If  the  evidence  for  the  miracle  as  recorded 

*  Of  course  it  may  be  argued— it  is  argued,  we  know,  by  the  old 
school  of  Christian  apologists — that,  because  Jesus  Christ  is  "  God," 
therefore  it  is  easy  to  believe  that  He  rose  again,  indeed  it  would  be 
strange  if  He  had  not  risen  again.  That  may  be  so,  but  it  is  an 
argument  which  has  no  scientific  weight,  for  it  is  based  on  a  statement 
which  is  not  self-evident,  and  therefore  it  can  carry  no  conviction  to  a 
scientifically  trained  mind.  It  is  not  in  accordance  with  the  method  of 
reasoning  which  proceeds  from  the  known  to  the  unknown,  and  conse- 
quently it  has  not  even  been  alluded  to  in  the  text.  It  is  worth  while 
remarking,  by  the  way,  that  the  argument  has  no  Scriptural  authority. 
Christ  did  not  teach  His  divinity  to  the  multitude,  nor  did  His 
disciples  induce  their  converts  to  believe  that  He  rose  again,  by  first 
making  them  believe  in  His  divinity.  The  Resurrection  was  then  as 
now  merely  a  question  of  evidence. 


116  MIRACLES. 


is  such  as  not  to  satisfy,  or  give  certainty  to,  an  honest 
enquirer,  then  no  fault  can  be  found  with  him  on  that 
account. 

Any  attempt   to  sift  that  evidence  would    be    quite 

beyond  the  scope  of  the  present  work.     It  is  doubtful 

whether  it  could  be  sifted  now  in  such  a  way  as  to 

present    a   conclusion,   that    all    honest    and    properly 

qualified  enquirers   would  be  compelled  to  agree  with 

entirely.     Certainly,   no    review   of   the    evidence   has 

been   made    as   yet,   that    is   calculated   to   give   entire 

satisfaction   to  persons  who  are   anxious    to    find   out 

the   bare   truth    of    the   matter,    irrespective    of    any 

theories  as  to   the  antecedent  probability  or  improba- 

biUty    of   the   miraculous.     The    existing    "  Lives "    of 

Christ  are  for  the  most  part  written  either  with  such 

a  bias  against  the  miraculous,  or  with  such  a  leaning 

towards  the  verbal  infallibility  of  the  Evangelists,  that 

they    cannot    carry    absolute    conviction    to    a    really 

impartial    mind.     Whether    a   succeeding    generation 

may  be  afforded  the  boon  of  a  re-reading  of  the  Gospel 

narrative,  in  the  composition   of  which   the  reverence 

for  spiritual  truth  which  characterizes  the  Englishman 

will   be  happily  blende-1    with  the  patience  and  open- 

mindedness     in     investigating     historical     truth     that 

characterizes  the    German,  with   a  result  that  will  be 

satisfactory  to  all,   it    is    useless  to  speculate,  though 

it  may  be  hoped. 

For  the  present  there  need  be  little,  if  any,  loss  from 
the  difficulty  which  some  feel  to  decide  for  themselves 
as  to   whether   Christ   did   actually  rise   again  in  the 


MIRACLES.  117 


manner  in  which  He  is  said  in  the  Gospels  to  have 
risen.  Whatever  result  a  correct  criticism  of  the 
details  there  narrated  may  lead  to,  of  this  there  can  be 
no  doLibt  to  any  who  hold  the  behefs  set  forth  in  the 
two  preceding  chapters,  that  Jesus  still  lives.  He  did 
"  rise  again,"  though  we  may  not  be  sure  how.  The 
whole  weight  of  the  argument  for  the  immortality  of  man 
in  general  tells  in  favour  of  the  indestructibility  of  that 
life.  Christ  could  not  have  utterly  perished  on  Calvary. 
The  purest  and  noblest  career  that  this  earth  has  ever 
been  the  scene  of  could  not  have  been  cut  off  finally 
by  that  brutal  Jewish  mob.  We  dare  not  think  it,  for 
if  we  do,  we  reject  all  hope  of  our  own  continuance  of 
life  after  death,  and  all  belief  m  a  just,  not  to  speak  of 
a  loving,  God  ;  nay  we  are  convicted  to  ourselves  of  sin 
if  we  think  it,  for  we  falsify  and  reject  that  very  witness 
within  us  which  comes,  as  we  are  fain  to  believe,  from 
God  Himself,  and  which  tells  us  that  He  could  not  have 
"left  that  Holy  One  to  see  corruption."  We  dare  not 
and  cannot  think  it ;  nor  have  any  thorough  believers 
in  the  religion  of  Christ  ever  dared  or  been  able  to 
think  it.  The  testimony  of  the  Christian  Church  in 
favour  of  the  Resurrection  of  Christ  has  always  been 
confident  and  clear.  It  could  not  have  been  otherwise. 
Doubtless  it  has  been  mixed  up  hitherto,  rightly  or 
wrongly,  with  an  implicit  reliance  on  the  accuracy  of 
the  verbal  details  of  the  Gospel  story;  but  that  has 
been,  properly  speaking,  an  accident  of  the  belief;  its 
substance  has  been  suppHed  by  the  deep  conviction 
which  all  true  Christians  have  felt,  that  it  was  God's 


118  MIRACLES. 


will  that  Christ  should  rise  again,  or,  more  accurately, 
should  continue  to  live  after  He  "  gave  up  the  ghost " 
on  Calvary. 

Nay,  that  beUef  of  the  Church  is  a  powerful  witness 
of  the  fact  of  the  "  Resurrection,"  in  addition  to  that 
which  our  own  faith  in  God  supplies.  It  is  unquestion- 
able that  it  has  exercised  an  incalculably  strengthening 
and  sanctifying  influence  upon  those  who  have  held  it, 
and  has  been  a  mighty  factor  for  good  to  the  world  at 
large.  Christians  would  have  hitherto  done  little  or 
nothing  to  ameliorate  the  world,  if  they  had  not 
believed  in  a  ''  Risen  Lord."  Is  it  conceivable  that 
that  belief  has  been  at  heart  a  lie,  that  a  conviction  so 
deeply  rooted  in  the  minds  of  good  men,  and  so  fruit- 
ful in  good  results,  can  have  been  but  a  delusion 
continued  through  the  centuries  up  till  now  ?  Not  so  : 
the  so-called  authority  of  the  Church  has  weight  in  this 
matter  ;  it  has  weight  like  that  which  pertains  to  the 
authority  of  our  own  consciences,  for  it  is  but  the 
expression  of  the  voice  of  God  conveying  the  same 
testimony  to  a  number  of  individual  men.  It  may  not 
be  quoted  as  infallibly  deciding  points  of  historical 
detail,  which  do  not  fall  within  the  province  of  spiritual 
communication  ;  but  as  testimony  to  a  religious  fact  it 
is  a  valuable  enforcement  of  the  testimony  which  is 
supplied  by  our  own  inward  monitions  of  what  is  right 
and  true. 

It  is  thus  then,  that  we  may  and  should  think  of 
the  Founder  of  the  Christian  Religion,  as  One  Who 
"  liveth,  and  was  dead,  and  is  alive  for  evermore."    We 


MIRACLES.  119 


need    not    attempt    or   even   desire    to    penetrate    the 
mystery,  that  for  many  hangs  over  the  records  of  the 
Resurrection  and  Ascension.     Whether  those  records 
are  hterally  accurate  or  not,  is  not  indeed  a  matter  of 
intrinsic  importance  to  us.     We  may  be  content  to  be 
as  ignorant  on  the  subject  as  we  are  necessarily  content 
to  be  ignorant  of  the  nature  of  our  own  translation  to 
that  life  after  death,  which  we  believe  is  in  store  for  us. 
If  we  cannot  feel  quite  certain  that  we  have  an  absolutely 
reliable  report  of  the  manner  of  Christ's   Resurrection, 
at  any  rate  we  can  believe  ''  from  our  hearts  "  that  God 
hath  raised  Him  from  the  dead.*     If  we  cannot  pene- 
trate the  cloud  that  obscured   Him  from  the  view  of 
His  first  disciples  when   He  was  "  taken  from  them," 
and   if  we   cannot   adapt   our   thought  exactly  to  the 
anthropomorphic    language    in   which    He    is    spoken 
of,   as    now  ''  seated    at   the   right   hand    of  God   the 
Father    Almighty,"    we    can    yet    assuredly   think    of 
Him  as   truly  "  ascended  "  to  that   place  or  state  of 
blessedness     to     which    we     hope     to    be     translated 
hereafter,  and  as  partaking  in  that  place  or  state  of 
the    highest    exaltation    to    which    perfect    humanity 
can    attain. 

It  is  such  a  thought  of  Jesus  Christ  that  makes 
Him  not  only  the  **  Author"  but  the  "Finisher"  of 
our  faith  ;  not  only  the  Light  and  Guide  of  our 
rehgious  life ;  but  our  Forerunner,  Example,  and 
Companion  in  those  experiences  which  we  must  pass 
through,  if  we  are  to  attain  that  blessedness  which  we 

*  Romans  x.  9. 


120  MIRACLES. 


believe  is  His  now."*  It  is  by  believing  in  Him  as 
One  Who  "  died  and  rose  again,"  that  we  are  enabled 
truly  to  "  die  to  sin  and  to  rise  again  unto  righteous- 
ness;  "  and  it  is  by  looking  up  to  Him  as  One  Who 
has  "  ascended  into  the  heavens,"  that  we  may  find  the 
impulse  and  the  power  even  now  "  in  heart  and  mind 
thither  to  ascend,  and  with  Him  to  continually  dwell." 

*  Cf.  Pascal— "  C'est  un  des  grands  principes  du  Christianisme  que 
tout  ce  qui  est  arrive  a  Jesus-Christ  doit  se  passer  dans  I'ame  at  dans 
le  corps  de  chaque  Chretien." 


CHAPTER    V. 


WORSHIP. 

fTk^JORSHIP  is  the  first  part  of  religion.  As  soon 
E^yi^H  as  primitive  man  became  conscious  of  the 
igiff^^l  existence  of  some  power  or  powers  outside 
himself,  which  aroused  in  him  feehngs  of  awe  and 
dependence,  he  was  actuated  by  the  impulse  to  acknow- 
ledge the  relation  in  which  he  stood  to  those  powers 
by  presenting  to  them  gifts,  or  addressing  them  in 
words,  with  the  object  of  propitiating  them.  Since 
then  it  has  always  been  understood  that  the  first  duty 
of  man  towards  the  gods,  or  towards  God,  is  that  of 
worship,  the  acknowledgment  of  their  or  His  worth-ship. 
Indeed,  by  all  in  early  days  worship  was  regarded  as 
the  whole  of  religion,  and  by  very  many  even  now,  if 
we  may  judge  from  their  actions,  it  is  still  so  regarded ; 
so  deeply  implanted  in  human  nature  is  the  tendency, 
as  Bishop  Butler  has  phrased  it,  to  "  place  the  stress 
of  religion  anywhere  rather  than  upon  virtue."  Worship 
is  not  of  course  by  any  means  the  whole  of  religion. 
Virtue  or  obedience  to  God  is  an  essential  part  of  it, 
even  more  essential  than  worship,  we  mi^ht  say,  if  it 
were  conceivable  that  there  could  be  obedience  to  God 
without  any  recognition  of  His  worth-ship  or  claims  to 


122  WORSHIP. 


obedience.  Still  worship  is  the  first  part  of  religion, 
even  when  religion  has  reached  the  most  advanced 
state  ;  and,  therefore,  after  a  scientific  investigation  has 
been  made  of  the  facts  relating  to  the  nature  of  God 
and  the  methods  by  which  His  will  is  made  known  to 
men,  the  next  question  that  suggests  itself  for  similar 
investigation  is,  "What  is  the  scientific  basis  of 
worship  ? 

It  stands  to  reason  that  men's  notions  concerning 
worship  will  correspond  very  closely  to  their  notions 
concerning  God.  The  way  in  which  they  will  acknow- 
ledge His  worth-ship  will  depend  on  their  conception 
of  what  His  worth-ship  is.  The  lower  the  thoughts 
they  have  of  God  the  lower  and  meaner  will  be  the 
kind  of  worship  they  will  offer  Him  ;  and  any  advance 
in  the  idea  of  God  will  be  necessarily  accompanied  by 
a  corresponding  advance  in  the  idea  of  worship.  We 
note  frequent  illustrations  of  this  in  the  history  of  the 
development  of  religion  that  is  given  in  the  Old  Testa- 
ment. The  God  of  Noah  was  conceived  to  be  a  spirit- 
ualized man,  with  human,  and  indeed  very  fleshly,  habits 
and  appetites.  Therefore  it  was  supposed  that  He  was 
gratified  with  the  sweet  savour  of  the  cooked  meat 
that  was  offered  to  Him  in  sacrifice.  The  God  of  the 
prophets,  the  God  of  Isaiah  and  Jeremiah,  was  far 
superior  in  every  respect  to  this  early  object  of  worship. 
He  was  no  longer  the  invisible  man,  powerful  and 
dreaded,  who  attached  himself  to  different  individuals 
and  furthered  their  fortunes,  no  longer  even  the  tribal 
God  of  Israel  Who  delighted  in  victory  and  the  blood 


WORSHIP.  123 


of  the  slain,  He  was  essentially  a  spiritual  beinj:^  with 
advanced  moral  attributes,  Who  cared  not  for  "  burnt 
offerings,"  but  desired  the  sacrifice  of  "  a  broken  and  a 
contrite  heart." 

Even  in  the  history  of  the  Christian  Church  there 
are  striking  illustrations  to  be  noted  of  the  close 
relation  between  degraded  and  trivial  forms  of  worship 
and  a  low  apprehension  of  theological  truth.  Thus  we 
find  prevailing  extensively  in  the  Greek  Church,  and 
among  the  most  ignorant  in  the  Roman  Church,  the 
belief  that  God  is  pleased  when  men  go  on  pilgrimages 
to  sacred  places,  or  offer  candles  to  be  burnt  at  His 
altars.  Very  evidently  such  a  belief  is  a  natural  out- 
come of  a  conception  of  the  Divine  nature  not  much 
superior  to  that  which  was  held  by  those,  who  thought 
that  God  was  such  an  One  that  He  delighted  in  the 
sweet  savour  of  a  sacrifice,  and  was  pleased  when  men 
made  vows  to  do  Him  honour.  But  even  in  more 
enlightened  Christian  circles  there  lingers  a  conception 
of  worship  which  is  demonstrably  erroneous.  If  in 
such  circles  the  right  kind  of  worship,  for  the  most 
part,  is  offered  to  God,  it  is  offered  not  unfrequently 
with  a  wrong  notion  of  the  reasons  why  it  should  be 
offered,  and  that,  of  course,  because  a  wrong  notion  is 
entertained  of  the  Divine  character.  It  is  supposed, 
for  example,  that  God  delights  in  prayers  and  praises, 
just  as  He  was  formerly  supposed  to  delight  in  burnt 
offerings  and  sacrifices,  and  that  He  is  pleased  to  be 
told  how  good  He  is,  just  as  formerly  He  was  supposed 
to  be  pleased  with  the  odour  of  a  roasted  kid  or  lamb. 


124  WORSHIP. 


In  a  word,  if  He  has  not  now  a  fleshly  appetite  for 
dainty  food,  He  has  an  appetite,  and  a  very  human  one 
in  the  lowest  sense,  for  praise. 

That  opinion  is  still  held  probably  by  a  very  large 
number  of  Christians,  who  are  otherwise  exceedingly 
well-informed,  and  it  affords  a  proof  of  the  curious 
survival  down  to  the  present  time  of  the  conception  of 
God  which  prevailed  among  the  Jews  in  the  time  of 
Christ.  That  conception  had  its  origin  in  the  compari- 
son of  God  to  the  autocratic  sovereigns  with  whom 
the  ancient,  and  especially  the  Eastern  world,  was  so 
famihar.  In  trying  to  compass  the  vast  thought  of  an 
Almighty  Ruler  of  all,  men  in  those  days  unconsciously, 
and  indeed  unavoidably,  likened  Him  in  their  minds  to 
those  earthly  sovereigns  who  afforded  them  their  highest 
experience  of  power  and  dominion.  He  seemed  to 
them  to  resemble  those  sovereigns  in  being  absolute  in 
His  rule,  and  in  being  able  to  exercise  all  authority 
throughout  His  kingdom  of  the  world.  Like  an 
earthly  potentate  He — to  quote  the  language  of  one  of 
them,  Nebuchadnezzar,  to  whom  such  language  very 
naturally  occurred — *'  did  according  to  His  will  in  the 
army  of  heaven  and  among  the  inhabitants  of  the  earth  ; 
so  that  none  could  stay  His  hand  or  say  unto  Him, 
*  What  doest  thou  ?  '  "*  Men  in  those  days  approached 
an  earthly  sovereign  in  much  the  same  way  that  they 
approached  the  Almighty  God,  viz.,  with  prostrations 
and  all  the  gestures  of  reverence ;  and  indeed  the  paral- 
lelism went  so  far  that  divine  honours  were  not  unfre- 

*  Daniel  iv.  35. 


WORSHIP.  125 


quently  paid  to  the  earthly  ruler,  to  the  "  Great  King" 
or  the  Caesar. 

It  is  not  surprising,  therefore,  that  men  should  have 
conceived  that  the  Almighty  God  was  Uke  an  earthly 
ruler  in  this,  that  He  desired  and  delighted  in  the 
homage  of  His  subjects,  and  that  He,  as  naturally  as 
did  a  Nebuchadnezzar  or  a  Nero,  looked  for  praise  and 
all  the  outward  signs  of  submission  to  His  authority. 
Now,  natural  and  even  perhaps  inevitable  as  it  was  in 
those  days  to  entertain  such  a  thought  concerning  the 
Divine  Being,  it  is  nevertheless  strange  that  that 
thought  should  have  lingered  so  long,  and  should  be 
still  so  extensively  entertained  even  at  the  present  day. 
For  it  is  plainly  contradictory  to  Christ's  teaching  con- 
cerning God.  Christians  have  always  held  that  the 
character  of  Christ  was  the  Divine  character  exhibited 
in  a  human  life  ;  they  have  believed  that  Christ 
*'  revealed  "  God  in  a  way  in  which  He  is  not  clearly 
revealed  in  Nature,  by  showing  that  He  is  merciful, 
loving,  and  compassionate  ;  yet,  strange  to  say,  hitherto 
they  have  very  generally  hesitated  to  attribute  to  God 
what  is  perhaps  the  most  conspicuous  feature  in  the 
character  of  Christ,  viz..  His  humility.  Christ  said  of 
Himself,  "  Learn  of  Me,  for  I  am  meek  and  lowly  in 
heart,"  '-^^  and  men  have  so  learnt  of  Him ;  but  though 
He  also  said,  "  I  and  My  Father  are  one" — in  ''heart  " 
as  in  other  things — they  have  not  learnt  of  God  the 
Father  that  He  is  "  meek  and  lowly."  They  have  con- 
tinued, with  a  quite  remarkable   blindness,   to  regard 

*  St.  Matthew  xi.  29. 


126  WORSHIP. 


Him  as  inferior  in  this  respect  not  only  to  Christ,  but 
to  good  men  who  themselves  are  manifestly  inferior  to 
Christ,  for  they  have  conceived  of  Him  as  delighting 
in  the  praises  of  His  greatness  and  goodness  which  are 
sent  up  weekly  from  thousands  of  lips  ;  whereas  it  is  the 
distinguishing  mark  of  all  good  men  that  they  do  not 
like  to  have  their  goodness  openly  acknowledged,  and 
feel  abashed  and  ashamed  when  they  are  praised. 

Plainly,  therefore,  if  it  was  a  true  conclusion  that  we 
arrived  at,"  that  we  learn  of  the  Invisible  Power  from 
the  testimony  that  is  derived  from  the  highest  and 
noblest  of  His  works — man,  as  well  as  from  our  own 
inward  intimations  of  what  is  good  and  true,  we  cannot 
but  recognize  that  it  is  an  error,  and  a  gross  one,  to 
conceive  of  Him  as  delighting  in  praise. 

It  may  be  added,  that  what  we  learn  concerning 
God  from  the  study  of  Nature  tends  to  fortify  us  in 
this  judgment.  If  there  is  one  thing  more  than 
another  that  modern  writers  on  physical  science  have 
insisted  upon,  it  is  the  way  in  which  God  hides  Himself 
behind  His  works.  Their  investigations  have  not,  as 
we  have  seen,  tended  to  remove  God  from  the  universe. 
On  the  contrary,  the  ablest  exponents  of  the  evolution 
philosophy  have  maintained,  in  language  that  has  been 
quoted,  that  He  is  the  only,  the  ultimate  Reality.  Yet 
in  the  same  breath  they  have  passionately  affirmed,  that 
His  nature  is  most  mysterious,  that  though  traces  of 
His  energy  are  everywhere  visible.  Himself  we  cannot 
see,  and  even  cannot  know.     They  have  gone  too  far  in 

*  Chapter  II, 


WORSHIP.  127 


affirming  this ;  they  have  attached  excessive,  even  ex- 
clusive, importance  to  the  kind  of  knowledge  concerning 
God  which  is  derived  from  the  study  of  Nature ;  they 
have  failed  to  see  a  revelation  of  God  in  perfect  humanity, 
as  well  as  in  the  rational  universe.  Still  their  testimony 
to  the  mysteriousness  of  the  Invisible  Power  is  true 
and  valuable.  It  suggests  a  conception  of  God  which 
exactly  harmonises  with  the  thought  of  His  absolute 
humility  as  it  is  revealed  in  Jesus  Christ.  Had  He 
been  the  haughty  arrogant  potentate  that  men  were 
wont  to  think  Him,  we  might  conjecture  that  He  would 
have  ensured,  that  His  power  and  dignity  would  have 
been  so  plainly  manifested  to  men,  that  they  would  have 
been  constrained  to  offer  Him  ever}  where  the  adulation 
and  the  avowals  of  submission  in  which  He  took  delight. 
As  it  is,  we  cannot  but  think  of  Him  as  One  Who 
delights  more  in  giving  than  in  receiving,  Who  willingly 
hides  Himself  behind  His  works,  and  Who  takes  cease- 
less pleasure  in  diffusing  His  power.  His  love.  His 
sweetness,  and  His  beauty  over  all,  upon  all,  and 
through  all,  without  regard  to  any  recognition  that  may 
be  made  of  His  bounty — a  truth,  indeed,  that  is  affirmed 
in  the  words  of  Jesus,  "  He  maketh  His  sun  to  rise  on 
the  evil  and  on  the  good,  and  sendeth  rain  on  the  just, 
and  on  the  unjust." 

If  it  be  true  that  we  have  no  ground  for  conceiving 
that  God  desires  our  praise,  the  question  may  be  asked, 
Why  then  should  we  offer  Him  our  praise  at  all  ?  The 
answer  is  an  obvious  one.  For  the  same  reason  that 
we  express  gratitude  to  one  another.     If  any  person  of 


128  WORSHIP. 


our  acquaintance  were  continually  loading  us  with 
benefits,  whether  we  deserved  them  at  his  hands  or 
not,  if  he  were  incessantly  exerting  himself  on  our 
behalf  in  such  a  way  as  to  lighten  and  gladden  our 
whole  lives,  and  yet  desired  no  return  at  our  hands, 
should  we  therefore  accept  all  his  favours  as  a  matter 
of  course,  and  make  no  acknowledgment  of  our  obliga- 
tion to  him  ?  We  should  think  ourselves  inexpressibly 
mean  if  we  did  so.  And  so  we  might  well  think  it  a 
mean  thing  for  us  to  enjoy  the  blessings  that  we  daily 
receive  from  the  Invisible  Supreme  Power,  and  not  to 
shew  in  a  proper  way  our  sense  of  His  goodness  and  of 
our  dependence  on  Him.  Nay,  just  as  right-thinking 
men  are  all  the  more  eager  to  thank  those  who  do 
good  to  them  "  hoping  for  nothing  in  return,"  so  ought 
we,  in  conceiving  of  God  as  the  infinitely  Humble 
Being,  to  be  all  the  more  eager  to  offer  Him  the  praise 
that  is  His  due. 

This  then  is  the  basis  of  the  obligation  of  worship. 
It  is  founded  not  on  the  arrogant  demands  of  a  God 
Who  is  less  rather  than  more  humble  than  the  best  of 
men,  but  on  what  it  is  reasonable  and  proper  for  us 
to  spontaneously  offer  Him,  in  acknowledgment  of  the 
benefits  that  we  receive  at  His  hands.  Even  though  He 
does  not  ask  us  to  thank  Him  for  His  benefits,  it 
eminently  becomes  us  to  do  so.  Nay,  in  this  aspect  of 
it  as  a  voluntary  expression  of  our  sense  of  God's  good- 
ness and  of  our  dependence  on  Him,  worship  is  seen  to 
be  most  emphatically  due  from  us  to  God.  As  it  is 
expressed  in  the  preface   to  the   Ter  Sanctus  in  the 


WORSHIP.  129 


Communion  Office,  "  It  is  very  meet,  right,  and  our 
bounden  duty,  that  we  should  at  all  times,  and  in  all 
places,  give  thanks  unto  Thee,  O  Lord,  Holy  Father, 
Almighty,  Everlasting  God." 

It  is  very  important  thus  to  establish  firmly  the  prin- 
ciple upon  which  the  obligation  of  worship  rests,  for  it 
is  only  by  attention  to  this  principle  that  we  shall  avoid 
mistaking  the  kind   of  worship  that  we  should  offer. 
Manifestly  our  conception  of  the  right  method  of  wor- 
shipping God  will  not  be  the  same,  if  we  deem  that  He 
desires  and  demands  our  praise  for  His  own  satisfaction, 
as  it  will  be  if  we  regard  it  as  a  spontaneous  offering  on 
our  part,  becoming  to  us  though  not  required  by  Him. 
Viewing  worship  in  this  latter  light  we  cannot  imagine 
for  a  moment  that  the  form  of  our  worship  can  be  any- 
thing but  secondary.     The  essence  of  worship  consists 
in  feeling,  in  the  inward  sense  of  the  Divine  worth-ship  ; 
and  the  expression  of  that  feeling,  the  acknowledgment 
of  the  Divine  worth-ship,  cannot  be  rightly  regarded  as 
identifiable  with  any  particular  form  of  vocal  utterance 
or  of  personal  attitude  or  gesture.     We  need  words  and 
bodily  signs  to  express  our  feelings  to  one  another,  but 
we  do  not  need  words  or  signs  of  any  description  to 
express  our  feelings  to  God.  "God  is  a  Spirit,  and  they 
that  worship  Him  must  worship  Him  in  spirit  and  in 
truth,"  '•''  is  the  great  saying  of  Jesus,  in  which  He  laid 
down  once  for  all  the  essential  principle  of  true  worship ; 
and  acting  strictly  on  that  principle  v/e  may  be  offering 
the  highest  worship  of  which  we  are  capable,  when  we  are 

*  St.  John  iv.  24. 

I 


130  WORSHIP. 


holding  solitary  converse  with  God,  as  Christ  frequently 
did  on  some  lonely  height,  and  when  not  a  single  artic- 
ulate word  rises  to  the  lips,  but  our  spirits  are  for  the 
time  being  bowed  before  the  Infinite  Spirit  in  utter 
humility  and  rapt  adoration.  At  such  a  time  we  feel  that 
words  are  useless  as  vehicles  of  thought.  We  have  passed 
into  a  region  in  which  language  is  but  a  cumbersome 
expedient,"  needful  in  our  communication  with  one 
another,  but  a  very  stumbling-block  in  the  way  of  our 
unbaring  our  souls  before  the  Unseen,  yet  All-seeing, 
the  Incomprehensible,  yet  All-comprehending  Power. 
Unhappy  are  they  who  have  never  had  experience 
of  such   worship    in  spirit  and   in   truth;    misguided, 

*Cf.  Coleridge,  The  Pains  of  Sleep  :  — 
"  Ere  on  my  bed  my  limbs  I  lay, 
It  hath  not  been  my  use  to  pray 
With  moving  lips  on  bended  knees  ; 
But  silently,  by  slow  degrees, 
My  spirit  I  to  Love  compose, 
In  humble  trust  mine  eye-lids  close, 
With  reverential  resignation. 
No  wish  conceived,  no  thought  expressed, 
Only  a  sense  of  supplication  ; 
A  sense  o'er  all  my  soul  imprest 
That  I  am  weak,  yet  not  unblest, 
Since  in  me,  round  me,  everywhere 
Eternal  strength  and  wisdom  are." 

Cf.  also  Wordsworth,  The  Excursion,  Bk.  I.  : — 
"  In  such  access  of  mind,  in  such  high  hour 
Of  visitation  from  the  living  God, 
Thought  was  not ;  in  enjoyment  it  expired. 
No  thanks  he  breathed,  he  proffered  no  request ; 
Rapt  into  still  communion  that  transcends 
The  imperfect  offices  of  prayer  and  praise, 
His  mind  was  a  thanksgiving  to  the  power 
That  made  him  ;  it  was  blessedness  and  love!  " 


WORSHIP.  131 


painfully  and  wofully  misguided,  are  they  who  do  not 
look  upon  it  as  the  very  ideal  worship,  which,  in 
the  spiritual  development  of  the  race,  we  must  desire 
and  expect  that  men  in  increasing  numbers  will  be 
capable  of;  and  which  we  must  ever  keep  in  view  in 
making  those  temporary  arrangements  for  the  outward 
expression  of  worship,  which  our  own  infirmities  and 
the  infirmities  of  others  render  necessary. 

For,  constituted  as  we  are,  certain  forms  of  worship 
are  necessary  to  elicit  and  give  expression  to  in  the  minds 
of  most,  if  not  of  all,  the  worship  which  is  wholly 
spiritual  and  true.  Some,  indeed,  who  have  grasped 
and  hold  firmly  by  the  essential  nature  of  worship  as 
consisting  of  that  which  no  words  or  forms  can  fully  or 
sufficiently  express,  may  be  impatient  of  any  plea  even 
for  the  temporary  use  of  words  or  forms.  They  may 
argue  that  God  Himself  does  not  value  any  vocal  or 
visible  expression,  as  such,  of  a  spirit  of  gratitude  and 
devotion  to  Him.  They  may  refer  to  what  we  have 
seen  is  taught  by  the  humility  of  good  men  concerning 
the  Divine  attitude  towards  praise,  and  may  contend 
that  the  only  expression  of  a  sense  of  His  goodness 
which  God  values,  as  a  mere  expression,  apart  from  the 
feeling  which  He  can  discern  without  any  formal 
exhibition  of  it,  is  that  of  devoted  willing  obedience  to 
His  commands.  They  may  recall,  that  an  earthly 
father  cares  far  less  for  his  child  to  tell  him  how 
good  he  is,  than  for  him  to  do  what  he  bids  him ; 
and  they  may  maintain,  that  men  can  never  so 
adequately  express  their  sense  of  God's  goodness,  as 


132  WORSHIP. 


when  they  "give  up  themselves  to  His  service,  and 
walk  before  Him  in  holiness  and  righteousness  all  their 
days."  This  would  be  an  absolutely  sound  contention, 
for  it  would  be  founded  not  only  on  what  appeals  to  us 
as  thoroughly  reasonable  and  true,  but  on  the  authority 
of  such  sayings  as,  "Thou  desirest  no  sacrifice,  else 
would  I  give  it  Thee  ;  Thou  delightest  not  in 
burnt  offerings,"  '■''  and  "  Not  everyone  that  saith  unto 
Me,  Lord,  Lord,  shall  enter  into  the  kingdom  of 
Heaven  ;  but  he  that  doeth  the  Will  of  My  Father 
which  is  in  Heaven."  t 

Still,  it  is  dangerous  to  fail  to  perceive,  or  to  put  out 
of  mind,  that  even  if  it  be  only  required  by  human 
infirmity,  the  formal  and  outward  expression  of  worship 
is  indispensably  necessary  to  us  all,  inasmuch  as  we  all 
are  compassed  with  infirmity.  Even  if  God  does  not 
value  it  for  itself  alone,  we  cannot  do  without  it.  It  is 
only  by  the  use  of  fixed  times  and  seasons  of  prayer 
that  we  shall  be  kept  up  to  the  habit  of  prayer  and 
praise  at  all,  and  it  is  only  by  placing  ourselves  in  the 
attitude  of  prayer  and  praise,  and  using  words  expressive 
of  our  sense  of  obligation  and  dependence,  that  we  shall 
for  the  most  part  feel  gratitude  and  a  desire  for  further 
Divine  help.  Words  and  sounds  and  sights  are  impor- 
tant instruments  in  stirring  our  emotions  and  moving 
the  springs  of  resolve  within  us  ;  and  though  on  special 
occasions  we  can  dispense  with  them,  feehng  them  to 
be  only  an  encumbrance  and  a  distraction,  yet  on 
ordinary  occasions,  when  we  cannot  rise  unaided  to  the 

♦Psalm   li.  i6.  f  St.  Matthew  vii.   21. 


WORSHIP.  133 


pure  and  lofty  height  of  adoration,  or  would  be  for- 
getful or  even  indisposed  to  make  the  attempt,  the 
use  of  such  external  aids  is  a  quite  indispensable  means 
of  moving  us  and  enabling  us  to  offer  that  worship  to 
the  Infinite  Spirit  which  is  spiritual  and  true.  We 
can  indeed  conceive  of  men  being  so  entirely  spiritually- 
minded,  that  for  them  forms  are  of  no  service  and  no 
necessity.  A  Moses  or  a  Paul,  we  might  judge,  would 
hardly  suffer  if  he  were  deprived  of  any  opportunity  of 
entering  a  house  of  prayer,  or  of  expressing  his  sense 
of  the  worth-ship  of  the  Infinite  Power  by  word  or 
sign.  Such  a  man  might  be  trusted  to  make  use  of 
the  Universe  as  a  temple,  and  to  let  Nature's  marks  of 
time,  the  dawn,  and  noon,  and  sunset,  be  his  only  out- 
ward mementos  of  prayer  and  praise  ;  yet  anyone  else, 
however  gifted,  who  was  of  less  spiritual  endowment, 
might  possibly  be  risking  the  very  existence  of  his  God- 
ward  life,  if  he  from  a  sense  of  self-dependence  were 
to  renounce  the  use  of  those  props,  which  all  the  saints 
of  all  time  have  hitherto  found  needful  to  support  the 
structure  of  their  personal  religion. 

It  may  be,  it  certainly  is,  true,  that  God  for  His  own 
sake  does  not  enjoin  us  to  worship  Him  with  external 
forms  ;  yet  if  for  our  sakes  those  forms  be  necessary, 
we  may  well  say  to  ourselves,  that  then  for  our  sakes 
God  does  enjoin  them  upon  us,  and  it  is  a  failure  of 
duty  to  God  to  neglect  them,  or  such  of  them  at  any 
rate  as  have  been  found  helpful  to  us  in  the  past,  or 
have  been  shewn  by  the  experience  of  others  to  be 
likely  to  help  us.    We  may  not  be  brought  into  bondage 


134  WORSHIP. 


to  any  of  them.  The  spiritual  man  has  a  right  to  assert 
his  perfect  freedom  in  respect  to  the  use  of  particular 
forms  of  worship,  and  may  reject  those  that  are 
unserviceable  to  him,  except  in  so  far  as  his  rejection 
of  them  will  prove  injurious  to  others.  Whatever 
positive  injunctions  any  self-governing  branch  of  the 
Church  or  particular  community  of  Christians  may 
have  laid  down  with  respect  to  the  use  of  forms  of 
worship,  the  Christian  man  can  boldly  claim  his 
freedom  from  the  moral  obligation  to  observe  those 
injunctions,  if  they  are  not,  and  cannot,  be  made  help- 
ful to  himself  personally.  By  the  rule  of  the  Christian 
faith,  declared  in  the  New  Testament  with  an  insistence 
that  cannot  be  mistaken,  and  with  an  authority  that  no 
collective  body  of  Christians  can  override,  every  man 
who  deserves  to  be  called  a  Christian  can  claim 
absolute  immunity  from  the  obligation  to  observe 
any  set  of  ordinances  of  human  institution,  which  are 
intended  to  assist  him  in  worshipping  God.  The 
Church  to  which  he  belongs  can  counsel  him  to  observe 
such  ordinances,  but  it  has  no  moral  power  to  compel 
him.  For  in  the  New  Testament  it  is  declared  in 
unmistakeable  terms  and  with  frequent  iteration  that 
the  spiritual  man  is  free  ;  the  only  responsibility  that  rests 
upon  him  with  respect  to  that  freedom  is,  that  he  is  to 
use  it  not  "  for  a  cloke  of  wickedness,  but  as  a  bond- 
servant of  God."  * 

It  has  often  been  noticed  that  Jesus  Christ  never  in 
any  words  that  have  come  down  to  us,  enjoined  public 

*  I  Peter  ii.  i6  (R.V.) 


WORSHIP.  135 


worship  upon  His  followers.  What  He  did  insist  upon 
emphatically  was  the  necessity  of  private  prayer,  and 
that  in  terms  which  seem  to  convey  that  He  regarded 
it  as  the  chief  and  best  means  of  holding  communication 
with  "  our  Father  which  is  in  secret."  It  is  the  utter 
absence  of  distraction  in  private  prayer,  secured  by  the 
"  door  closed  "  even  to  the  dearest  of  friends  and 
nearest  of  sympathizers,  that  gives  it  this  pre-eminence 
among  the  means  of  realizing  the  Unseen.  Still  there 
are  advantages  attaching  to  public  prayer  over  and 
above  that  one  in  which  it  is  inferior  as  a  devotional 
habit  to  private  prayer.  When  men  meet  together 
for  the  purpose  of  worshipping  God,  even  if  by  their 
company  with  one  another  they  somewhat  distract 
one  another  from  a  purely  spiritual  vision  of  God,  they 
nevertheless  render  one  another  effectual  assistance 
towards  realizing  their  common  relationship  to  God, 
their  common  dependence  on  God,  and  their  common 
duty  to  God,  and  so  the  important  element  of  brother- 
hness  is  imported  into  those  feelings  of  which  worship 
is  an  expression.  A  man  who  worships  God  only  in 
solitude  may  succeed  in  sustaining  in  himself  an  abiding 
sense  of  God's  power  and  goodness,  and  of  his  own 
dependence  on  and  duty  to  God ;  but  he  is  not  so  likely 
to  acquire  a  brotherly  feeHng  towards  his  fellowmen, 
and  to  be  inspired  to  co-operate  with  them  in  brotherly 
work,  as  if  in  addition  to  his  private  worship  he 
habituates  himself  to  worship  on  stated  occasions  in 
company  with  others.  We  cannot  achieve  the  best 
good  possible  to  us  without  reference  to  our  fellowmen. 


136  WORSHIP. 


We  can  only  act  and  feel  as  God's  children  should  act 
and  feel,  in  proportion  as  we  regard  one  another  as 
brothers  and  sisters,  and  share  one  another's  highest 
thoughts  and  feelings  ;  so  that  it  is  eminently  becoming 
to  us  to  unite  at  stated  times  in  the  endeavour  to  recall 
our  obligations  to  our  common  Father,  and  to  give 
expression  to  our  common  desires  to  live  in  harmony 
with  His  will.  Moreover,  we  cannot  but  feel,  that  such 
desires  gain  in  purity  and  intensity  by  their  being  felt 
in  common  and  jointly  uttered ;  and,  therefore,  taking 
into  consideration  the  wa}'  in  which  public  worship 
enables  us  to  realize  our  kinship  with  one  another, 
and  our  duty  to  one  another,  as  well  as  the  additional 
strength  and  efficacy  it  gives  to  our  common  wishes 
for  good,  we  cannot  fail  to  see  that  there  is  this 
special  blessing  attaching  to  it,  that  it  tends  to  promote 
a  Christlike  spirit  among  us — in  fulfilment  of  Christ's 
saying,  "  Where  two  or  three  are  gathered  together 
in  My  name,  there  am  I  in  the  midst  of  them."* 

It  is  on  this  ground  of  the  way  in  which  it  suggests 
and  promotes  a  solidarity  among  men  in  worship  and 
life  that  the  obligation  of  public  worship  mainly  rests. 
The  first  thing  to  be  thought  of,  of  course,  in  worship, 
whether  public  or  private,  is  what  is  due  to  God  in 
respect  of  the  recognition  and  acknowledgment  of  His 
worth-ship ;  but  that  which  is  peculiar  to  public  as 
distinguished  from  private  worship  is  the  element  of 
brotherliness  that  enters  into  it.  It  is  a  source  of 
mutual  help  and  comfort  to  those  who  take  part  in  it ; 

*  St.  Matthew  xviii.  20. 


WORSHIP.  137 


and  therefore  it  is  that  in  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews 
Christian  people  are  urged  to  maintain  the  practice,  in 
these  words,  "  Let  us  consider  one  another  to  provoke 
unto  love,  and  to  good  works,  not  forsaking  the 
assembhng  of  ourselves  together,  as  the  manner  of 
some  is,  but  exhorting  (or  comforting)  one  another.""" 

Besides,  the  public  worship  of  God  is  a  standing 
witness  to  the  world  of  man's  duty  towards  God. 
There  can  be  little  doubt  that,  if  there  were  no  such 
thing  as  public  worship,  if  men  never  met  together  for 
the  purpose  of  conjointly  praising  and  praying  to  God, 
then  the  very  thought  of  man's  dependence  on  a  Power 
outside  himself,  and  of  the  obligation  upon  him  of  the 
performance  of  a  higher  order  of  duties  than  those 
entailed  by  the  necessity  of  obeying  the  civil  law  and  of 
rendering  one's-self  agreeable  to  one's  neighbours, 
would  not  be  awakened  in,  or  at  any  rate  kept  in 
remembrance  by,  the  majority  of  mankind.  So 
generally  has  this  been  understood,  and  so  abundantly 
has  it  been  confirmed  by  universal  experience,  that 
public  worship  in  some  form  or  other  has  been  an 
institution  in  every  religion. 

When  these  benefits  accruing  from  the  practice  of 
public  praise  and  prayer  are  kept  in  view,  it  is  diffi- 
cult to  dispute  the  saying  of  Bishop  Butler,  that  *'the 
external  worship  of  God  is  a  moral  duty,  though  no 
particular  mode  of  it  be  so."  f  Yet  the  external  worship 
of  God  can  only  be  a  moral  obligation  upon  us  in  so  far 
as  that  worship  is  calculated,  if  rightly  participated  in, 

♦Hebrews  x.  24,  25.  f  Analogy  of  Religion,  Part  II.,  Chapter  i. 


138  WORSHIP. 


to  be  of  benefit  to  ourselves  and  to  others.  If  the  only 
kind  of  worship  in  which  we  can  join,  as  for  example 
when  we  are  in  a  foreign  country,  is  conducted  in  a 
manner  that  is  unfamiliar  to  us  and  with  rites  that  are 
grossly  superstitious,  and  if  in  such  a  case  our  absence 
from  worship  would  not  be  likely  to  set  a  harmful 
example  to  others,  the  duty  of  external  worship  cannot 
be  said  to  be  for  the  time  being  incumbent  upon  us. 

The  case  is  different  when  we  are  in  our  own  country, 
and  among  persons  whose  views  on  religious  subjects 
are  very  similar  to  our  own,  and  who  are  likely  to  be 
more  directly  affected  by  our  example.  It  is  quite 
possible,  of  course,  even  at  home,  that  we  may  not 
find  any  method  of  worship  practised  that  is  exactly 
adapted  to  our  taste,  or  even  that  is  incontestably 
rational  and  pure.  Still,  although  we  are  not  morally 
bound,  as  Bishop  Butler  says,  to  any  particular  form, 
we  cannot  easily  exonerate  ourselves  from  the  duty  to 
use  some  form — the  best  that  is  attainable  by  us ;  even 
though  it  is  not  our  conception  of  the  best  possible. 
We  may  not  favour  by  our  countenance,  if  we  can  help 
it,  the  grossly  erroneous  worship  of  God  ;  but  it  is 
better  for  us  to  take  part  in  some  kind  of  worship, 
which  is  not  the  best  possible,  and  which  is  somewhat 
charged  with  superstition,  than  to  live  our  religious 
lives  apart  from  our  brethren,  and  so  run  the  very 
certain  risk  of  becoming  Pharisees  in  our  fancied  and 
asserted  intellectual  superiority  to  the  rest  of  those 
who  worship  the  Infinite  Power  ;  and  of  becoming  also 
unloving  towards  them,  through  the  loss  of  that  stimulus 


WORSHIP.  139 


to  brotherly  feeling  and  conduct  which  is  afforded  by 
the  joint  worship  of  a  common  Father.  Besides,  it 
will  be  very  readily  conjectured  by  those  unthinking 
persons  upon  whom  the  obligations  of  religion  sit  very 
lightly,  that  if  we  absent  ourselves  from  public  worship, 
our  absence  is  due  not  to  our  dissatisfaction  with  the 
forms  of  worship  which  are  in  use  among  our  neigh- 
bours, but  to  total  indifference  to  the  duty  of  recognizing 
and  acknowledging  our  dependence  on  the  Infinite 
Power. 


CHAPTER    VI. 

WORSHIP    (Continued). 

F  there  are  such  cogent  reasons,  as  have  been 
suggested  in  the  last  chapter,  for  pressing 
upon  all  men  the  duty  of  public  worship,  it 
is  evident  that  a  very  grave  responsibility  rests  upon 
those  who  have  to  do  with  the  arrangement  and 
conduct  of  public  worship,  to  see  that  it  is  devised 
and  carried  out  in  a  way  that  is  exactly  calculated 
to  further  the  ends  which  it  is  intended  to  subserve. 
It  should  be  their  care  that  nothing  should  be  done 
in  worship  that  is  not  in  accordance  with  the  highest 
truth  ascertainable  concerning  the  Divine  nature,  or 
that  is  likely  to  give  reasonable  offence  to  those  who 
have  approached  most  nearly  to  the  intellectual  and 
spiritual  state,  in  which  the  ideal  worship  in  spirit 
and  in  truth  without  the  aid  of  form  is  possible. 

In  order  to  ascertain  what  is  the  manner  and  what 
are  the  forms  of  worship  most  likely  to  assist  men  to 
conjointly  feel  and  express  the  worth-ship  of  God, 
regard  must  be  had  to  what  has  apparently  been 
proved  to  be  beneficial  by  its  use  among  the  largest 
number  of  Christians  and  for  the  largest  period  of 
time.     What    may   be    called    the    authority    of    the 


WORSHIP.  141 


Church  on  these  matters  must  be  within  reason 
deferred  to.  There  is  naturally  a  presumption  in 
favour  of  forms  that  have  been  widely  used  from 
ancient  times,  over  such  as  have  only  been  recently 
adopted  and  that  among  isolated  bodies  of  Christians. 
Still,  it  is  quite  possible,  as  we  have  abundant  reason 
to  know,  and  as  has  always  been  acknowledged  by 
theologians,*  that  even  the  whole  Church  may  err 
for  a  time,  as  well  as  particular  branches  of  it  :  and 
therefore  what  may  with  some  reason  be  called  the 
authority  of  the  Universal  Church  on  matters  of 
ritual  and  Church  order  has  need  to  be  carefully 
tested  as  to  its  right  to  claim  our  obedience.  The 
practice  of  the  Universal  Church,  or  rather  of  the 
majority  of  Christians,  for  there  are  few  practices  in 
worship  that  are  common  to  the  whole  Church,  may 
suggest  the  form ;  but  when  the  form  is  thus  suggested, 
careful  enquiry  must  be  made  as  to  whether  it  is  in 
accordance  with  the  right  principles  of  worship,  and 
whether  it  is  likely  to  prove  serviceable  to  the  particular 
persons  for  whose  use  it  is  intended.! 

To  apply  this  rule  in  a  few  instances.  It  is  evident 
in  the  first  place  that,  if  men  and  women  are  to  meet 

*  See  Vincentii  Lirinensis  Commonitoriiim  Cap.  iii.,  and  Article  XIX. 

f  This  point  is  strangely  overlooked  by  some  modern  writers  on 
Worship.  E.g.,  the  practical  suggestiveness  of  some  of  Freeman's 
observations  in  his  learned  and  valuable  work  on  The  Principles  of 
Divine  Service  is  frequently  much  impaired  by  his  inattention  to  it ; 
as  for  example  when  he  expresses  his  opinion  (Vol.  I.  Conclusion.) 
in  favour  of  the  increase  of  the  number  of  Psalms  to  be  sung  at  the 
daily  services,  evidently  without  considering  whether  such  a  change 
would  be  advantageous  to  the  average  worshipper. 


142  WORSHIP. 


together  for  public  worship,  they  must  provide  for 
themselves  some  buildings  in  which  they  may  worship. 
It  may  be  said  to  be  a  practice  of  the  Universal  Church 
thus  to  provide  and  set  apart  certain  buildings  for  the 
purpose  of  public  worship.  Circumstances  may  render 
it  unavoidable  occasionally,  that  worship  should  be 
conducted  in  places  used  at  other  times  for  other 
purposes ;  but,  generally  speaking,  whenever  it  is 
possible,  Christians  of  every  school  of  thought  prefer 
to  worship  in  buildings  which  are  used  for  no  other 
purpose.  Some  Christians,  indeed,  are  wont  to  meet 
together  in  their  places  of  worship  for  other  than 
distinctively  religious  purposes ;  and  they  do  this  not 
only  for  the  sake  of  convenience,  but  also  because 
they  feel  that  there  is  cause  for  fear  lest,  in  devoting  a 
building  exclusively  to  the  purpose  of  worship,  men  and 
women  should  come  to  specially  localize  the  presence 
of  God  in  such  a  building,  and  deem  that  it  is  sacred 
as  a  Divine  temple  in  a  different  sense  from  that  in 
which  the  whole  Universe  is  sacred.  There  is  cause 
for  such  a  fear,  and  ignorant  and  thoughtless  people 
have  made  such  a  mistake.  Nevertheless,  the  mischief 
arising  from  the  mistake  has  never  been  very  great, 
and  it  can  always  be  guarded  against  by  right  instruc- 
tion ;  while  there  are  weighty  arguments  to  be  urged  in 
favour  of  the  practice  of  the  majority  of  Christians  of 
separating  their  places  of  worship  from  all  common 
uses.  They  can  plead  the  authority  of  Jesus  on  their 
side  ;  for  the  propriety  of  consecrating  certain  buildings 
to  the  sole  purpose  of  worshipping  God  is  reasonably 


WORSHIP.  143 


deducible  from  His  saying  in  cleansing  the  temple, 
"  My  house  shall  be  called  a  house  of  prayer,  but  ye 
have  made  it  a  den  of  thieves.'"* 

Besides,  it  is  a  matter  of  common  experience,  that 
we  are  very  much  under  the  governance  of  the  law  of 
the  association  of  ideas ;  the  same  sights  and  sounds 
always  tend  to  suggest  to  us  the  same  thoughts  and 
feelings ;  and  if  a  building  is  only  used  for  the  purpose 
of  worship,  and  is  always  associated  in  our  minds 
with  that  purpose,  then,  whenever  we  enter  it,  the 
thought  of  worship  is  likely  to  occur  to  us,  and  thus 
the  building  itself  becomes  an  aid  to  devotion. 

To  some  minds,  and  those  not  the  lowest,  a  mountain 
summit,  a  vernal  wood,  a  pastoral  landscape,  a  sunlit 
stretch  of  ocean  may  be  more  immediately  suggestive 
of  worship  than  the  most  impressive  building  erected 
by  man.  But  even  such  persons  cannot  but  make  a 
distinction,  as  regards  the  effect  produced  upon  them, 
between  a  structure  used  for  the  common  purposes  of 
human  life  and  one  which  is  used  as  a  house  of 
prayer ;  and  therefore  for  the  benefit  of  all  it  is 
desirable  to  give  a  consecrated  character  to  our  places 
of  worship,  and  to  adapt  them  in  the  best  manner 
possible  to  promote  in  those  who  use  them  such 
thoughts  and  feelings  towards  God  as  are  of  the  essence 
of  true  prayer  and  praise. 

Of  course  a  great  deal  as  regards  the  suitability  of  a 
building  for  worship — apart  from  the  circumstance  of  its 
being  reserved  for  that  purpose  only — will  depend  on  the 

*St.  Matt.  xxi.  13. 


144  WORSHIP. 


style  of  its  architecture  and  the  way  in  which  it  is  fitted 
up.  That  some  styles  of  architecture  lend  themselves 
better  than  others  to  a  devotional  effect  is  obvious,  as 
it  is  also  obvious  that  different  modes  of  worship  find 
each  their  own  appropriate  expression  in  stone,  the 
the  massive  gloomy  temples  of  the  ancient  Egyptians 
adapting  themselves  to  the  mysterious  and  sombre 
rites  that  characterized  the  worship  of  that  people, 
the  roomy  and  elaborately  decorated  cathedrals  of 
Italy  to  the  gorgeous  spectacular  displays  which  are 
a  conspicuous  feature  in  Roman  worship,  and  the 
chaste  and  severe  beauty  of  our  English  Gothic 
Cathedrals  to  the  sober  yet  stately  ritual  of  the 
English  Church.  Just  as  the  kind  of  worship  offered 
varies  with  the  conception  of  the  Divine  nature,  so  the 
building  varies  with  the  worship  ;  and,  just  as  different 
kinds  of  worship  are  superior  or  inferior  to  one  another 
in  proportion  to  the  relative  superiority  or  inferiority 
of  the  conception  of  the  Divine  nature  to  which  they 
correspond,  so  there  must  be  a  relative  scale  of  styles 
of  religious  architecture  more  or  less  fitted  to  the 
worship  which  is  wholly  spiritual  and  true.  That  the 
English  Gothic  is  the  best  that  has  been  devised 
hitherto,  it  is  perhaps  natural  that  we  English  should 
think ;  but  except  we  believe  that  the  mediaeval  mode 
of  worship  or  the  modern  purified  mediaeval  is 
absolutely  the  best  and  not  to  be  improved  upon,  no 
matter  what  further  advance  may  be  made  in  the 
knowledge  of  God,  we  cannot  think  that  the  Gothic 
style  of  architecture  is  absolutely  the  best  attainable, 


WORSHIP.  145 


and  that  some  other  style  still  better  adapted  to  the 
right  worship  of  God  may  not  yet  be  invented.* 

It  would  of  course  be  useless  to  expect  that,  even  in 
the  case  of  a  general  advance  in  the  knowledge  of  God, 
all  men  everywhere  should  come  to  prefer  exactly  the 
same     style    of  building    for    public    worship.     Even 
among   those   who   have   a   common   faith    there    are 
differences    of    taste    and    temperament,    which    lead 
them   to    prefer   each    a  more  or   less  ornate  kind    of 
building  in  which  to  worship  ;   and  it  may  be  safe  to 
say  that,  generally  speaking,  what  each  prefers  is  best 
for  each.     It  is  easy  to  understand  how  a  Venetian  of 
the  Fourteenth  Century  should  prefer  a  San  Marco  with 
its  almost  bewildering  artistic  wealth  to  the  plain  white- 
washed building  that   would   have  most  readily  com- 
mended itself  as  a  place  of  worship  to  a  Covenanter 
of  the   Seventeenth   Century.     The  one  lived  under  a 
sunny  sky  in  a  city  of  most  romantic  beauty,  and  had 
reached  a  very  high  stage  of  asthetic  culture,  while  the 
other  had  passed  his  days  amid  the  fogs  and  on  the 
bare  hills  of  Scotland,  and   had  no  culture  but  what 
he   derived  from   the   repeated   study  of  the  literature 
of    a    people    like    the    Hebrews    by    whom    art    was 
never  held  in   relatively   high   repute.     The   Venetian 
would    have    been    shocked    by    the    conventicle  ;    it 
would  have  contrasted  so  grimly   with    what    he   saw 
in   nature, 

*  See  Victor  Hugo's  Notre  Dame  de  Paris  (Book  V..  chapter  2)  for 
some  excellent  observations  on  the  relation  of  different  styles  of 
ecclesiastical  architecture  to  different  systems  of  faith  and  worship. 


146  WORSHIP. 


*'  The  beauty  and  the  wonder  and  the  power, 
The  shapes  of  things,  their  colours,  lights  and  shades,"* 

and  would  have  been  so  repellent  to  his  artistic  sensi- 
bilities, that  within  it  he  could  not  have  realized  the 
Unseen,  he  could  not  have  used  it  as  a  place  of  worship 
at  all ;  while  the  Covenanter,  from  his  wholly  different 
climatic  and  local  experiences  and  deficient  artistic 
education,  would  have  regarded  the  Church  of  San 
Marco  as  a  fit  abode  for  the  Scarlet  Woman,  only  by  an 
abominable  blasphemy  to  be  designated  a  house  of  God. 
It  is  impossible  then  to  lay  down  any  hard  and  fast 
rule  as  to  how  a  building  intended  to  be  used  for  the 
purpose  of  worship  should  be  fitted  up.  The  only  or 
chief  thing  to  be  kept  in  view  is,  that  it  should  be  of  the 
style  best  adapted  to  the  taste  of  the  particular  people 
for  whose  use  it  is  intended.  Generally  speaking,  a 
more  ornate  style  will  be  preferred  by  the  people  of 
Southern  Europe  and  a  simpler  style  by  those  of 
Northern  Europe.  It  is  very  evident,  for  example, 
that  the  rich  decorations  of  the  Churches  of  Italy, 
Spain,  and  a  part  of  France,  are  better  suited  to  the 
sensuous  and  emotional  temperament  of  the  Latin  races 
than  would  be  the  comparative  severity  of  our  Northern 
Churches.  And  this  throws  a  good  deal  of  light  on 
the  fact  that  has  frequently  been  remarked  upon,  that 
the  Reformation  was  eagerly  embraced  by  the  Teutonic 
races,  and  made  but  small  headway  among  the  races 
who  speak  languages  derived  from  the  Latin.  The 
movement    in   favour   of  the    simplification    of    ritual 

♦Browning,  Fra  Lippo  Lippi. 


WORSHIP.  147 


touched  no  sympathetic  chord  in  the  Latin  races  ; 
on  the  contrary  it  was  a  movement  that  was  objec- 
tionable to  their  taste ;  while  the  warm  support  of 
the  movement  in  Germany,  England,  and  Scandinavia 
was  in  one  aspect  of  it  a  reaction  against  the 
enforced  imposition  upon  the  races  of  the  North  of  a 
style  of  worship  which,  though  suited  to  the  Southern 
races,  was  not  suited  to  them. 

Still  it  is  quite  possible  even  in  the  North  for  a  taste 
to  be  developed  for  the  more  elaborate  decoration  of 
places  of  worship.  There  are  several  points  of  affinity 
between  a  composite  race  Hke  the  English,  and  the 
warm-blooded  races  of  the  South ;  and  increasing 
contact  with  those  races  will  tend  to  bring  about  an 
increase  of  sympathy  with  them.  There  can  be  no 
question  that  the  greater  famiharity  of  English  people 
with  the  great  Churches  of  Southern  Europe  is  having 
the  effect  of  modifying  the  opinion  of  very  many  in 
this  country  with  regard  to  the  propriety  of  beautifying 
the  buildings  that  are  set  apart  for  the  purpose  of 
worship.  Besides,  there  has  been  a  marked  and  general 
increase  of  asthetic  culture  in  England  in  the  present 
century,  and  this  has  tended  to  make  very  many  people 
dissatisfied  with  the  plain  and  often  comfortless  appear- 
ance that  our  Churches  used  generally  to  present ;  it 
has  produced  the  feeling  that  worship  should  not 
necessarily  be  associated  with  what  is  cold,  and  bare, 
and  unsightly,  and  it  has  created  a  demand  for  a  style 
of  Church  decoration  and  furniture  correspondent  as 
regards  the  particulars  of  comfort  and  artistic  propriety 


148  WORSHIP. 


to  what  has  become  common  in  the  appointments  of 
the  home. 

It  cannot  be  maintained  that  this  demand  is  a  mis- 
placed one,  or  at  variance  with  the  essential  principles 
of  spiritual  and  true  worship.  If  the  great  Temple  of 
the  Universe  is  beautiful,  and  exhibits  all  forms  and 
types  of  beauty,  then  it  is  certainly  right  that  any 
building  intended  by  man  to  serve  as  a  place  of  worship 
should  be  beautiful  too.  Indeed,  the  more  truly  beau- 
tiful it  is,  the  better  will  it  serve  as  a  place  of  worship, 
and  lift  up  the  mind  to  Him  Who,  in  the  language  of 
His  ancient  worshippers,  is  ''  The  Altogether  Lovely." 
There  is  a  great  deal  of  ugliness  of  man's  origination 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  habitations  of  man,  and 
the  better  a  Church  is  adapted  to  make  us  forget  for  a 
time  that  ugliness,  and  to  set  before  us  only  what  is 
beautiful  in  form  and  colour,  the  more  shall  we  be 
assisted  to  worship  God  as  we  ought,  and  to  derive 
from  our  worship  of  Him  that  refreshment  of  all  our 
higher  powers  that  we  seek.  There  can  be  no  mistake 
made  in  the  devotion  of  the  best  of  our  artistic  acquisi- 
tions to  the  construction  and  embellishment  of  our 
Churches.  What  we  do  for  our  dwelling-houses,  at 
least  we  should  do  for  the  places  in  which  we  meet 
together  for  the  highest  occupation  possible  to  us.  It 
was  a  right  feeling  which  prompted  David  to  reproach 
himself  in  that  he  "  dwelt  in  an  house  of  cedars  while 
the  ark  of  the  covenant  of  the  Lord  remained  under 
curtains."*    There  is  a  manifest  falseness  in  the  religion 

*  I  Chron.  xvii.  i. 


WORSHIP.  149 


which  will  permit  a  man  to  lavish  his  thousands  on 
the  decoration  of  his  home,  and  give  but  niggardly  for 
the  decoration  of  the  building  which  is  designated  the 
House  of  God.  If  it  is  a  true  saying  that  the  "  beau- 
tiful is  as  useful  as  the  useful,  perhaps  more,"  then 
hardly  any  expenditure  of  treasure  on  a  "  House  of 
God,"  after  due  provision  has  been  made  for  the  sick 
and  needy,  can  be  deemed  excessive.  There  need  be 
no  limits  to  what  is  done  in  that  direction  so  long  as 
mere  richness  as  distinguished  from  general  beauty  of 
effect  is  not  aimed  at.  If  only  we  copy  Nature,  and 
keep  its  standards  of  beauty  in  view,  adapting  the 
decoration  of  our  Churches  to  the  measure  of  wealth 
in  colour  that  we  are  familiar  with  in  our  own  climate 
and  country,  we  cannot  go  wrong.  Our  greatest  care 
must  be  to  be  true  to  Nature,  to  make  use  of  no  designs 
that  are  not  in  accordance  with  the  principles  of  form 
that  we  find  in  Nature,  and,  while  carefully  emulating 
the  spiritual  truth  and  purity  of  the  work  done  by 
the  great  masters  of  past  ages,  not  to  imitate  their 
necessarily  imperfect  technique,  by  reproducing  the 
stilted  attitudes  for  the  human  figure  and  the  errors 
of  perspective  that  are  noticeable  in  the  stained 
glass  windows  and  the  fresco  paintings  of  our  ancient 
Churches.  Modern  art,  when  exercised  for  religious 
purposes,  must  not  be  restrained  by  a  mistaken  con- 
servatism from  giving  to  worship  the  best  that  it  is 
in  its  power  to  bestow.  We  must  make  our  Churches 
and  all  their  appointments  as  truthfully  and  therefore 
as    perfectly   beautiful    as   we   can,  yet    all   the    while 


150  WORSHIP. 


remembering  that  this  beauty  is  bat  a  means  to  an 
end,  and  that  God  is  not  honoured  by  it,  if  it  is  so 
lavish  or  so  inappropriate  as  to  distract  us  from 
realizing  His  Presence,  or  if,  from  whatever  cause,  the 
effect  it  produces  upon  us  cannot  be  made  to  harmonize 
with  those  thoughts  of  God,  of  His  power,  His  wisdom, 
His  majesty.  His  love,  and  His  beauty,  which  we  ought 
to  entertain  when  we  desire  to  express  our  sense  of  His 
worth-ship. 

The  authority  of  the  Church,  the  authority  of  collec- 
tive Christian  opinion  past  and  present,  thus  appears 
to  guide  us  safely  in  prescribing  the  setting  apart  of 
special  buildings  for  the  worship  of  God,  and  their 
seemly  and  in  the  truest  sense  artistic  embellishment, 
always  considering  the  end  which  they  are  intended  to 
serve.  We  may  expect  further  that  that  authority 
will  be  deserving  of  deference  on  the  subject  of  the 
arrangements  for  worship  made  within  such  conse- 
crated buildings.  For  example,  up  to  the  last  genera- 
tion it  was  usual  for  the  pulpit  to  be  the  chief  feature 
in  the  places  of  worship  belonging  to  the  Church  of 
England.  It  occupied  a  central  position  at  the  end  of 
the  nave,  often  entirely  hiding  the  Holy  Table  from  the 
view  of  those  seated  in  the  body  of  the  Church.  Now 
there  has  been  a  reversion  in  almost  all  Churches  to 
the  practice  that  prevailed  before  the  Reformation  of 
putting  the  pulpit  in  a  comparatively  unobtrusive 
position  on  one  side  of  the  Chancel,  so  as  to  leave  an 
uninterrupted  view  of  the  Holy  Table.  There  can  be 
little   disposition    on  the  part   of  thoughtful  and  fair- 


WORSHIP.  151 


minded  people  to  dispute  the  propriety  of  this  arrange- 
ment. It  puts  the  ordinance  of  preaching  in  its  right 
place  among  the  functions  of  worship,  and  emphasizes 
the  importance  of  that  act  of  worship  which  is  regarded 
by  Christians  as  being  the  chief  of  all  because  it  was  so 
explicitly  prescribed  by  Jesus  Christ,  and  because,  even 
more  than  the  eloquent  exhortations  of  man,  it  tends, 
when  we  fitly  take  part  in  it,  to  bring  us  into  direct 
spiritual  Communion  with  God  in  Christ. 

It  is  an  arrangement,  moreover,  that  may  be  said  to 
be  primitive  in  its  institution,  as  the  Holy  Table  in  our 
Churches  is  placed  in  the  same  relative  position  as  the 
ark  containing  the  sacred  rolls  of  the  Law  and  Prophets 
in  the  Jewish  synagogues,  which  doubtless  furnished  the 
model  of  the  earliest  Christian  places  of  worship  ;  and  it 
was  adopted  in  all  the  earliest  Churches  of  which 
accounts  are  preserved  to  us."^'  Besides,  it  is  endorsed 
by  the  use  of  a  considerable  section  of  the  Protestants 
of  Germany  and  of  Scandinavia,  as  well  as  of  the  whole  of 
the  Greek  and  Roman  Churches,  the  Holy  Table  being 
always  a  conspicuous  object  at  the  end  of  their  places 
of  worship ;  so  that  those  who  argue  for  the  propriety 
of  making  the  pulpit  the  most  conspicuous  feature  in 
the  Church  can  only  quote  in  their  favour  the  practice 
of  the  non-episcopalian  Christians  in  English  speaking 
countries  and  the  Calvinists  on  the  Continent,  in 
opposition  to  that  of  all  the  rest  of  Christendom  past 
and  present. 

It  cannot    be  said,  however,  that  anything  like  the 

*  See  Bingham,  Antiquities  of  the  Christian  Church,  Book  Vlll.,  Chap.  3. 


152  WORSHIP. 


same  weight  of  authority  can  be  adduced  on  behalf  of  a 
fashion  that  prevailed  in  the  English  Church  before 
the  Reformation,  and  that  has  of  late  been  revived. 
Very  many  of  those  w^ho  have  interested  themselves  in 
the  more  artistic  adornment  of  our  Churches,  and  the 
restoration  in  outward  sign  of  the  Holy  Communion  to 
the  chief  place  among  acts  of  worship,  have  associated 
with  those  reforms  the  propriety  of  the  wearing  of  a 
gorgeous  dress  by  the  clergy  during  the  time  of  the 
celebration  of  the  Holy  Communion  and  on  other 
important  occasions.  The  practice  of  the  Catholic  or 
Universal  Church  has  been  made  the  authority  for  the 
one  alteration  as  for  the  other;  but  they  by  no 
means  stand  on  the  same  footing.  In  no  true  sense 
can  the  wearing  of  gorgeous  vestments  by  the  clergy 
be  regarded  as  a  Catholic  practice.  It  was  not  the 
practice,  so  far  as  we  can  ascertain,  in  the  first  two  or 
three  centuries,  and  in  all  probability  it  was  one  of  the 
innovations  upon  primitive  usage  which  came  from  the 
quarter  of  Paganism.  No  practice  was  more  resolutely 
repudiated  at  the  Reformation;*  and  its  revival  now  is 
one  of  the  most  serious  departures  from  the  principles 
which  the  most  enlightened  of  the  Reformers  were 
actuated  by.  One  of  the  principal  arguments  quoted 
for  its  revival  is  that  it  is  an  evidence  of  the  continuity 
of  the  Enghsh  Church  and  of  her  status  as  a  true 
branch  of  the  Catholic  Church,  her  clergy  dressing  now 

*The  ambiguity  of  the  "Ornaments  Rubric"  cannot  be  quoted 
against  this  statement.  In  practice  the  use  of  gorgeous  vestments  was 
in  time  everywhere  rejected  in  the  Church  of  England,  except  in  the  rare 
cases  where  the  cope  continued  to  be  worn,  as  in  Cathedral  Churches. 


WORSHIP.  153 


as  they  were  wont  to  do  before  the  Reformation.  Now, 
only  the  unreflecting  can  deny  that  a  good  deal  of 
significance  is  to  be  attached  to  the  effect  of  dress,  and 
the  continuity  and  rightful  status  of  the  Church  of 
England  it  is  desirable  to  assert  and  maintain;  but 
whether  the  continuity  of  the  Church  can  be  best  pro- 
claimed by  the  donning  by  the  clergy  of  the  now 
unaccustomed  and  outlandish  garb  that  was  worn  by 
their  predecessors  in  the  Middle  Ages  is  another  matter. 
It  is  likely  that  more  persons  will  be  annoyed  or  simply 
amused  by  seeing  the  clergy  so  arrayed  than  will  be 
edified  by  the  teaching  that  the  spectacle  is  intended  to 
convey.  If  the  continuity  of  the  Church  of  England  is 
a  fact,  the  fact  can  be  published  in  the  ordinary  way, 
and  the  proofs  of  it;  and  men  will  not  need  to  be 
reminded  of  it  by  means  of  chasubles  and  other  antique 
articles  of  dress.  Men  are  not  prone  to  doubt  that  the 
House  of  Commons,  often  as  it  has  been  reformed,  is  the 
same  House  as  that  which  was  the  Lower  Assembly  of 
the  Legislature  in  the  reign  of  King  John,  even  though 
its  chief  functionaries  no  longer  wear  pointed  shoes  or 
chain  mail.  The  testimony  of  history  puts  the  point 
beyond  all  doubt  to  educated  minds.  Why  may  not 
history  of  itself,  when  it  is  properly  related,  do  the  same 
for  the  continuity  of  the  Church  ? 

But  it  is  also  argued  that,  inasmuch  as  the  Holy 
Communion  is  the  chief  service  of  the  Church,  the  clergy 
who  officiate  at  the  service  ought  to  wear  a  distinctive 
dress  in  order  to  indicate  that  it  is  so.  The  ar<;ument 
is  an  unsubstantial  one.     If  men  are  rightly  instructed 


154  WORSHIP. 


about  the  Holy  Communion,  if  they  rightly  endeavour 
to  recall,  when  taking  part  in  it,  what  it  is  intended  to 
commemorate  and  the  good  it  is  calculated  to  convey, 
they  will  succeed  in  the  endeavour,  no  matter  how  the 
clergy  are  dressed.  And  even  if  there  were  some  weight 
in  the  argument,  at  least  it  does  not  follow  that  the 
dress  need  be  gorgeous  as  well  as  distinctive.  There 
can  be  no  harm  in  the  clergy  wearing  a  distinctive  dress 
on  stated  occasions ;  but  if  the  passages  in  the  New 
Testament  bearing  on  the  status  of  the  Ministry,  and 
pointing  out  the  absence  of  self-assertion  that  should 
characterize  all  the  followers  of  Christ,  are  deserving  of 
obedient  attention,  then  it  must  be  positively  wrong  for 
the  clergy  to  attire  themselves  in  the  fine  clothes  which 
they  are  bidden  to  condemn  in  others.  How  can  a 
Minister  of  Christ  get  up  in  the  pulpit  and  quote  those 
admonitions  about  the  "  outward  adorning  of  wearing 
of  gold,  and  of  putting  on  of  apparel,"  =^^  when  he  himself 
often  ministers  in  the  Church  in  gorgeous  raiment  ? 
True,  a  man  may  wear  such  raiment  in  the  lowliest 
spirit,  as  many  of  the  Saints  have  done.  Still,  it  is 
certain  that  Jesus  Christ  never  wore  any  dress  but  that  of 
the  peasants  of  Palestine.  It  would  be  impossible  to 
imagine  the  Jesus  Who  ''  made  Himself  of  no  reputation, 
and  took  upon  Him  the  form  of  a  servant,"  Who  washed 
His  disciples'  feet,  and  had  not  where  to  lay  His  head, 
arraying  Himself  in  gorgeous  attire ;  neither  could  those 
Apostles  have  done  so  who  have  left  us  such  uncom- 
promising precepts  on  the  subject  of  dress.     Now  the 

*  I  Peter  iii.  3. 


WORSHIP.  155 


servant  is  not  greater  than  his  Lord.  What  Jesus  and 
His  Apostles  would  have  shrunk  from  doing,  the  clergy 
of  the  present  day  assuredly  may  not  do.  True,  they 
may  quote  the  example  of  the  Jewish  High  Priest ;  but 
the  Jewish  Priest  was  the  minister  of  a  religion  that 
belonged  to  an  earlier  stage  of  development  than  the 
Christian  ;  and,  after  all,  the  Christian  Minister  is  not 
a  successor  of  the  Jewish  Priest,  but  of  Christ  and  His 
Apostles,  and  of  the  elders  and  deacons  of  the  early 
Christian  Church. 

With  respect  to  all  questions  relating  to  the  expression 
of  praise  and  prayer  in  public  worship  there  can  be  no 
serious  difficulty  of  arriving  at  a  right  judgment,  when 
attention  is  paid  to  the  principles  of  worship  set  forth 
by  Jesus  Christ,  as  they  have  already  been  reviewed. 
That  praise  should  precede  prayer,  and  that  prayer 
should  be  offered  as  an  act  of  homage  to  God,  a 
recognition  and  a  memorial  of  God,  before  it  is  used  as 
an  instrument  for  the  enumeration  and  satisfaction  of 
our  personal  want^,  is  plainly  taught  in  the  construction 
of  the  Lord's  Prayer.  The  practice  of  the  majority  of 
Christians  from  primitive  times  illustrates  how  this 
principle  should  be  kept  in  view  in  the  arrangement  of 
a  set  form  of  prayer  for  common  use.  The  English 
liturgy,  founded  as  it  is  on  ancient  models  and  composed 
to  a  great  extent  of  ancient  materials,  furnishes  an 
irreproachable  example  of  the  order  in  which  the 
thoughts  which  we  ought  to  entertain  with  respect  to 
the  Divine  Being  should  be  successively  evoked  in 
worship,  in  the  confession  of  sin,  followed  by  praise  and 


166  WORSHIP. 


thanksgiving,  and  then  supplications  and  intercessions. 
The  question  as  to  whether  the  use  of  forms  of  prayer 
is  preferable  to  extemporary  prayer  in  worship  has  so 
often  been  argued  that  it  will  not  be  dwelt  upon  here. 
Speaking  generally,  there  is  a  predominant  weight  of 
argument  and  of  authority  in  favour  of  the  use  of  forms 
of  prayer  almost  exclusively,  though  it  must  be  acknow- 
ledged that  on  certain  occasions  and  for  certain  classes 
of  persons  extemporary  prayer  may  with  advantage  and 
perfect  propriety  be  used  to  further  the  ends  of  united 
worship.  Forms  of  prayer  may  be  for  certain  purposes 
too  general  and  too  inelastic,  while  there  is  always  the 
danger  of  their  becoming  in  some  respects  antiquated 
and  so  far  unreal.  These  defects,  however,  can  always 
be  remedied  by  the  introduction  into  a  liturgy  of  special 
prayers  and  thanksgivings  for  special  occasions,  and  by 
the  elimination  from  it  of  modes  of  expression  and 
subjects  of  petition  which  are  unsuited  to  modern 
worship.  The  periodical  revision  of  a  liturgy,  difficult 
for  various  extraneous  reasons  though  it  be,  and  as  in 
fairness  it  ought  to  be  recognized  by  all  to  be,  is  essential 
to  its  fullest  usefulness.  For  example,  prayers  drawn 
up  in  one  century  for  the  Divine  guidance  of  the  rulers 
of  the  State,  ought  to  be  altered  in  a  later  century,  when 
power  has  come  to  be  differently  distributed  between 
the  different  orders  of  rulers.  When  matters  like  this 
are  attended  to,  the  comprehensiveness  as  well  as 
accuracy  and  dignity  of  statement  of  a  great  liturgy, 
make  it  vastly  superior  as  a  means  of  calling  forth  and 
expressing   the   devout    feelings    of   a  congregation  to 


WORSHIP.  157 


the  necessarily  much  more  imperfect  extemporaneous 
utterances  of  even  the  most  talented  and  devout 
minister. 

An  important  thing  to  be  kept  in  view  in  the  regu- 
lation of  public  prayer  according  to  the  essential 
principles  of  worship  is,  that  it  should  be  adapted  to 
retain  the  interest  of  those  who  take  part  in  it.  For 
that  purpose  it  should  be  as  void  as  possible  of 
repetitions,  and  should  not  run  to  an  undue  length. 
A  form  of  prayer,  hovvever  admirable  it  may  be  in 
language  and  style,  is  but  a  means  to  an  end — the 
expression  of  the  devout  feelings  of  those  who  use  it ; 
the  form  is  made  for  man  and  not  man  for  the  form  ; 
and  therefore  if  in  some  parts  of  it  words  and  phrases 
are  repeated  so  often  that  the  mind  cannot  readily 
follow  them,  then  it  so  far  defeats  its  end  instead  of 
furthering  it.  The  frequency  of  the  use  of  the  Lord's 
Prayer  and  of  prayers  for  the  Sovereign  in  the  services 
of  the  English  Church,  especially  when  two  or  three 
of  those  services  are  taken  together,  and  the  reiteration 
of  petitions  for  Divine  grace  and  mercy  at  the  con- 
clusion of  the  Litany  are  instances  in  point.  Of  course 
it  may  be  argued,  that  no  liturgy  can  be  so  framed  as  to 
call  forth  and  sustain  the  interest  of  those  who  worship, 
unless  they  set  their  minds  intently  to  the  task  of 
following  it,  and  the  most  concise  form  of  prayer  might 
often  be  listened  to  with  intermittent  attention.  That 
is  perfectly  true.  Still  there  should  be  no  provocatives 
to  inattention  like  undue  repetitions  in  a  forin  of  prayer, 
and  it  must  always  be  remembered  that   the  greater 


158  WORSHIP. 


number  of  persons  who  pray  in  public  will  with  the 
best  intentions  be  subject  to  the  average  human  infirm- 
ities, and  what  might  be  adapted  to  a  few  earnest 
persons  of  saintly  mind  will  not  be  adapted  to  them. 
The  best  attainable  form  of  prayer,  therefore,  for  public 
use  will  have  this  merit  among  others,  that  it  will  be 
that  best  calculated  in  point  of  precision  and  concise- 
ness to  maintain  without  interruption  a  devout  train 
of  thought  in  the  mind  of  the  average  worshipper. 

Much  of  what  has  been  said  with  respect  to  the  style 
of  composition  of  a  form  of  prayer,  as  regards  the  effect 
it  is  calculated  to  produce  on  those  for  whose  benefit  it 
is  provided,  will  apply  also  to  the  way  in  which  it  is 
recited  or  sung.  The  most  exceptionally  composed 
liturgy  can  be  so  mutilated,  and  even  desecrated,  by  bad 
reading,  that  it  may  be  a  positive  hindrance  to  worship 
to  listen  to  it,  and  it  may  be  so  tediously  recited  as  to 
cause  weariness,  however  short  it  may  be.  It  is  indeed 
a  matter  of  extreme  importance  that  such  provision  as 
is  possible  should  be  made  for  the  careful,  distinct, 
intelligent,  and  devout  reading  of  a  liturgy,  whenever  it 
is  used.  Elocution  becomes  an  art  of  primary  importance 
when  upon  it  is  made  to  depend  the  devotional  effect 
produced  by  a  liturgy  on  the  largest  number  of  those  who 
join  in  it.  The  man  who,  having  taken  pains  to  make 
himself  proficient  in  the  art,  endeavours  on  all  occasions 
when  he  reads  a  form  of  prayer  to  express  the  exact 
sense  of  what  he  reads,  and  to  read  it  in  a  frame  of 
mind  adapted  to  its  sacred  import,  renders  a  most 
valuable  service  to  religion ;  for  the  tones  and  the  style 


WORSHIP.  159 


in  which  he  speaks  are  calculated  in  the  highest  degree 
to  promote  for  the  time  being  in  his  hearers  a  sense  of 
God's  worth-ship,  and  a  desire  to  offer  to  Him  their  praises 
and  prayers  in  sincerity  and  truth.  It  would  be  well  if  all 
those  who  have  to  officiate  at  public  worship  were  to 
take  care  to  prepare  themselves  beforehand  for  their 
responsible  task  by  recollecting  the  aim  and  purpose  of 
it,  and  by  bearing  in  mind  that  the  sacred  words  they 
have  to  repeat  will  have  no  value  as  a  memorial 
before  God  unless  they  express  the  devout  feehngs 
of  those  who  are  taking  part  in  the  service,  and  that,  in 
order  that  that  result  may  be  accomplished,  they  must 
be  said  in  a  tone  and  manner  calculated  to  evoke  and 
sustain  the  lively  interest  of  those  on  whose  behalf  they 
are  uttered.  It  is  not  by  any  means  sufficient  to 
remember  that  the  words  are  to  be  spoken  in  the 
presence  of  God ;  it  is  just  as  necessary  to  remember 
that  they  are  to  be  spoken  in  the  presence  of  man. 

In  the  regulation  of  the  use  of  music  in  pubKc  worship 
the  same  attention  needs  to  be  paid  to  the  tastes  and 
capacities  of  a  congregation.  The  question  of  whether 
and  how  far  prayers  as  well  as  praises  should  be  sung, 
is  one  which  has  reference  only  to  the  effect  which  is 
likely  to  be  produced  on  the  feelings  of  the  worshippers. 
If  it  is  calculated  to  solemnize  those  feelings  and  assist 
devotion  by  harmonizing  the  joint  utterances,  without 
at  the  same  time  diminishing  the  fervour  of  them,  it  is 
not  only  permissible  but  good.  It  never  can  be  rightly 
maintained,  however,  that  a  musical  recitation  of  a 
liturgy   is   essential   to   its   proper    performance   as   a 


160  WORSHIP. 


memorial  before  God.  It  is  a  derogation  from  the 
character  of  the  Divine  Being  to  hold  or  teach,  that  He, 
being  such  as  He  is,  the  Infinite  Being,  superior  in 
every  way  to  the  limitations  of  our  human  nature,  can 
be  pleased  with  the  melody  of  sound  so  much  as  to 
regard  it  as  a  necessary  accompaniment  of  the  proper 
recognition  by  man  of  His  goodness  and  power.  That 
all  sensuous  beauty  in  the  universe,  whether  of  sound 
or  form  or  colour,  is  pleasing  to  the  Eternal  Mind  by 
Whom  the  universe  is  governed  and  sustained  is  only  to 
be  supposed  ;  but  that  beauty  of  sound  could  enter  at 
all  into  comparison  in  His  judgment  with  the  moral 
beauty  of  those  feelings  of  gratitude  and  awe  and  love 
which  comprise  what  we  call  adoration  and  thanks- 
giving as  expressed  by  man — the  highest  and  most 
perfect  of  all  the  creatures  of  God  that  are  known  to 
us — is  a  thought  that  it  would  be  folly  to  entertain. 
Music,  and  the  best  of  it,  ought  unquestionably  to  be 
adapted  on  occasion  to  the  purpose  of  worship,  even 
on  the  ground  that  when  we  express  our  feelings 
towards  God  by  means  of  sounds  it  is  becoming  that 
we  should  express  them  in  the  best  manner  possible  to 
us.  Still,  it  is  almost  solely,  if  not  altogether,  with 
respect  to  the  effect  it  has  in  eliciting  devotional 
feeling  in  a  congregation  that  music  is  of  value  in  the 
worship  of  God.  That  music  operates  very  powerfully 
on  the  feelings  is  known  to  all,  and  therefore  the  utmost 
resources  of  music  may  well  be  employed  for  the 
purpose  of  eliciting  and  expressing  man's  sense  of  the 
Divine  power  and  goodness.     There  is  always  the  fear, 


WORSHIP.  161 


however,  when  music  has  come  to  be  much  employed 
in  the  service  of  the  Church,  that  the  fact  may  be  lost 
sight  of  that  it  is  a  means  to  an  end.  Too  often  it  has 
been  forced  on  those  who  do  not  highly  appreciate  it, 
and  to  whom  it  is  not  and  cannot  be  made  a  real  aid  to 
devotion ;  while  for  others  it  has  been  used  on  certain 
occasions  in  excessive  abundance,  so  as  to  produce 
mental  and  physical  fatigue.  Most  important  is  it, 
therefore,  that  the  musical  rendering  of  praises  and 
prayers,  like  the  ordinary  reading  of  them,  should  be 
done  always  in  remembrance  of,  and  with  reference  to, 
the  effect  it  is  likely  to  produce  on  a  congregation. 
That  arrangement  of  Church  music  is  the  best  which  is 
not  merely  the  most  consistent  with  the  highest  canons 
of  the  musical  art,  but  is  adapted  as  exactly  as  possible 
to  the  musical  capacity  of  those  whose  praises  and 
prayers  it  is  intended  to  evoke  and  express,  and  to  their 
powers  of  attention  and  of  physical  endurance. 

The  right  regulation  of  the  use  of  music  for  the 
purpose  of  public  worship  is  a  matter  of  great  moment 
at  the  present  time.  The  much-increased  use  of  music 
in  places  of  worship,  encouraged  and  furthered  as  it 
has  been  by  the  manifest  approbation  of  those  for 
whom  it  has  been  provided,  has  tended  to  produce  in 
unthinking  minds  the  opinion,  that  the  mere  listening 
to  the  utterance  by  a  trained  body  of  singers  of  sacred 
words  set  to  sacred  music  is  in  itself  worship  ;  and 
**  services,"  so  called,  of  that  sort  have  come  to  be 
attended  by  not  a  few,  just  as  sacrifices  were  formerly 
attended,  the  vocal  and  instrumental  music  taking  the 

L 


162  WORSHIP. 


place  of  the  sacrificial  victim  as  the  medium  for  pro- 
pitiating the  Divine  Being.  It  is  well  then  that,  to 
prevent  such  a  flagrantly  superstitious  abuse  of  a  great 
gift  of  God,  it  should  be  clearly  and  emphatically 
taught,  that  there  can  be  no  value  at  all  in  a  musical 
"  service,"  however  beautiful  it  may  be,  except  in  so  far 
as  it  is  calculated  to  fill  the  hearts  of  those  who  listen 
to  it  with  the  feelings  which  it  is  proper  for  them  to 
entertain  towards  God  with  reference  to  the  special 
circumstances  under  which  the  service  is  held. 

There  are  numerous  other  questions  relating  to  the 
conduct  of  public  worship  which  are  capable  of  easy 
settlement  when  reference  is  thus  made  to  the  meaning 
of  public  worship  and  the  conditions  of  its  reality  as 
a  mode  of  promoting  spiritual  communion  between 
man  and  God.  It  is  through  inattention  to  these 
things  that  so  many  ill-advised  practices  have  been 
introduced  into  Christian  worship  in  different  parts  of 
the  world,  and  that  so  much  embittered  controversy 
has  arisen  over  matters  of  intrinsically  trivial  importance. 
Over  and  over  again  insistence  has  been  laid  on  certain 
customs  as  though  they  were  absolutely  essential  to 
true  worship,  when  a  moment's  unprejudiced  reflection, 
it  would  have  been  thought,  would  have  shown  how 
groundless  was  such  insistence.  For  example,  there 
are  very  many  Christians,  some  even  in  England,  who 
think  and  teach,  that  to  receive  the  Holy  Communion 
after  partaking  of  ordinary  food  on  the  same  day  is  an 
abuse  of  that  sacred  ordinance.  An  opinion  like  this 
not    only   does   violence   to    history    and    reason,    but 


WORSHIP.  163 


asperses  the  character  of  the  Divine  Being ;  for  how 
could  He  be  worthy  of  adoration  if  He  could  be 
supposed  capable  of  being  affected  by  such  things  ? 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  celebration  of  the  Holy  Com- 
munion in  the  earliest  times  always  followed  on  the 
Agape,  or  Love  Feast,  and  indeed  the  Sacrament  was 
first  instituted  "  after  supper."  There  were  good 
reasons,  no  doubt,  for  afterwards  altering  the  time  of 
the  celebration  to  early  morning  instead  of  the  evening, 
and  there  are  good  reasons  now  for  inviting  Christians 
to  partake  of  the  Sacrament  in  the  first  part  of  the 
day.  Moreover,  it  is  a  quite  justifiable  counsel  to 
those  who  are  young  and  strong  that  they  should  let 
the  first  occupation  of  the  day  be  that  of  attendance 
at  the  Sacrament,  and  the  first  food  of  the  day  be  that 
of  the  sacred  feast ;  but  in  face  of  the  testimony  of 
history  as  to  the  original  practice  of  receiving  the 
Holy  Communion  directly  after  a  meal,  it  is  unwarrant- 
able to  contend  that  under  no  circumstances  should 
food  be  taken  before  communicating.  Here  again,  if 
the  end  and  aim  of  the  service  had  been  kept  in  view, 
no  mistake  of  this  sort  would  have  arisen.  The  Holy 
Communion  is  celebrated  primarily  in  order  that  we 
may  bring  to  remembrance  the  sacrifice  of  the  death 
of  Christ  and  the  benefits  that  we  receive  thereby,  and 
that  in  partaking  of  the  consecrated  Bread  and  Wine 
we  may  partake  spiritually  of  the  Body  and  Blood  of 
Christ,  that  is  to  say,  be  spiritually  nourished  on  the 
Spirit  of  Christ.  Now,  in  order  that  we  may  derive 
full  benefit    from  the  service,  it   is   necessary  that  we 


164  WORSHIP. 


should  attend  to  it  with  the  full  power  of  our  minds ; 
and  the  more  healthy  the  condition  our  brains  are  in 
the  better  shall  we  be  able  to  exercise  that  power.  It 
is  evident,  therefore,  that,  if  we  go  to  the  service  with 
our  brains  in  a  state  of  exhaustion  from  hunger,  we 
shall  not  only  not  be  able  to  give  our  full  minds  to 
the  service,  but  have  to  wrestle  all  the  while  with 
those  tendencies  to  irritability  and  mental  restlessness 
which  we  experience  when  our  brains  are  in  an  ill- 
nourished  state.  It  is  not  good  to  go  to  the  Lord's 
Table  in  a  state  of  repletion,  but  it  is  equally  bad,  as 
regards  the  character  of  the  memorial  we  shall  offer, 
and  the  effect  the  service  is  likely  to  have  upon  us,  to 
go  in  a  state  of  exhaustion.  St.  Paul's  injunction," 
"  If  any  man  is  hungry  let  him  eat  at  home,"  applies 
equally  to  such  a  case  as  to  that  of  those  who  were 
wont  to  desecrate  the  Holy  Communion  by  using  it 
as  a  common  meal;  and  the  prohibition  to  take  food 
before  communicating,  transgressing  as  it  does  the 
principle  laid  down  in  this  injunction,  is  an  instance  of 
the  mistakes  that  men  will  make  when  they  are  not 
careful  to  keep  in  mind  the  meaning  and  purposes  of 
the  ordinances  of  rehgion. 

The  same  may  be  said  of  some  other  matters  relating 
to  the  performance  of  what  has  always  been  regarded 
as  the  highest  act  of  worship  in  the  Christian  Church. 
It  is  quite  distressing  to  note  how  devout  and  learned 
men  have  painfully  exercised  their  minds  about  certain 
forms  of  prayer  or  praise,  or  certain  ceremonial  acts,  in 

*  I  Cor.  xi.  34. 


WORSHIP.  166 


the  celebration  of  the  Holy  Communion,  as  though 
upon  the  use  of  these  depended  the  "  validity  "  of  the 
Sacrament,  as  the  phrase  is,  which  can  only  properly 
mean  its  value  as  a  devout  commemoration  of  Jesus 
Christ,  and  as  a  means  of  spiritual  nourishment  to 
those  who  partake  of  it.  That  all  things  in  public 
worship  should  be  done  ''decently  and  in  order,"*  is 
on  every  ground  desirable  and  right,  and  that,  for  the 
determination  of  what  is  of  most  propriety  in  the 
conduct  of  worship,  the  practice  of  the  majority  of 
Christians  from  the  beginning  of  Christendom  should 
be  generally  referred  to,  is  most  reasonable,  as  has 
been  already  argued.  It  cannot  be  said,  considering 
the  importance  attaching  even  to  small  matters  with 
respect  to  the  securing  of  a  decent  and  orderly  per- 
formance of  public  worship,  that  certain  so-called 
innovations  in  worship  in  the  Church  of  England 
during  the  last  half  century  have  not  been  rightly 
contended  for.  Still,  it  has  been  a  cause  for  grave 
regret  that  so  little  discrimination  should  have  been 
shown  between  what  is  important  and  what  is  unimpor- 
tant in  worship,  and  that  the  peace  of  the  Church 
should  have  been  interrupted  for  the  sake  of  the 
introduction  of  things  which  in  themselves  could  be 
neither  specially  acceptable  to  God  nor  edifying  to  man, 
in  apparent  forgetfulness  of  the  essential  principles  of 
the  religion  which  was  founded  by  Jesus  Christ. 

Attention    to    those    principles    must    convince    any 
unprejudiced    person    that    the    extra    elaboration    of 

*  I  Cor.  xiv.  40. 


166  WORSHIP. 


worship  is  on  the  whole  a  retrogressive  thing.  To 
contrive  means  in  public  worship  of  influencing  men 
through  the  senses  of  sight  and  hearing  is,  as  we  have 
seen,  a  necessary  accommodation  to  the  nature  of  man  ; 
but  to  multiply  such  means  inordinately  is  to  intro- 
duce an  element  of  great  danger  into  public  worship, 
inasmuch  as  it  tends  to  make  it  more  the  performance 
of  a  number  of  outward  acts  than  a  means  of  uplifting 
the  thoughts  and  feelings  to  God.  Too  great  a  com- 
plexity of  ritual  is  only  too  likely  to  defeat  the  main 
object  of  Christian  worship,  by  keeping  men's  minds 
enslaved  to  sensual  things,  instead  of  assisting  them 
to  enjoy  rightly  that  spiritual  liberty  which  is  the 
priceless  heritage  of  the  disciples  of  Christ.'''  The 
paraphernalia  of  worship  are  legitimate  and  truly  useful 
only  so  far  as  they  are  reasonably  consistent  with 
Christ's  teaching  concerning  God  and  the  way  He  is  to 
be  approached  in  prayer  and  praise  by  man ;  and  the 
worship  of  the  future,  in  so  far  as  it  will  be  progressive 
in  the  best   sense   and   not  retrogressive,  will   tend  to 

*  Note  on  this  head  the  judicious  words  of  the  preface  "Of  Cere- 
monies" in  the  Prayer  Book: — "  What  would  St.  Augustine  have  said 
if  he  had  seen  the  ceremonies  of  late  days  used  among  us ;  whereunto 
the  multitude  used  in  his  time  was  not  to  be  compared  ?  This  our 
excessive  multitude  of  ceremonies  was  so  great,  and  many  of  them  so 
dark,  that  they  did  more  confound  and  darken  than  declare  and  set 
forth  Christ's  benefits  unto  us.  And  besides  this,  Christ's  Gospel  is  not 
a  Ceremonial  Law  (as  much  of  Moses'  Law  was)  but  it  is  a  religion  to 
serve  God,  not  in  bondage  of  the  figure  or  shadow,  but  in  the  freedom 
of  the  spirit;  being  content  only  with  those  ceremonies  which  do 
serve  to  a  decent  order  and  godly  discipline,  and  such  as  be  apt  to  stir 
up  the  dull  mind  of  man  to  the  remembrance  of  his  duty  to  God,  by 
some  notable  and  special  signification,  whereby  he  might  be  edified." 


WORSHIP.  167 


emphasize  that  teaching  by  associating  with  itself  more 
and  more  simple  though  not  less  dignified  and  beautiful 
forms. 

That  the  organization  of  the  public  worship  of  God 
will  take  such  a  direction  in  future,  after  the  present 
reaction  towards  elaborate  traditional  forms  has  spent 
itself,  there  is  good  ground  to  hope.  It  is  impossible 
but  that  the  scientific  spirit,  which  is  so  markedly 
leavening  the  thoughts  of  all  classes  in  the  civilized 
world,  will  more  and  more  assert  itself  in  the  judg- 
ments which  men  will  form  on  matters  theological  and 
ecclesiastical,  as  well  as  those  relating  to  common  life. 
It  may  thus  be  expected,  that  the  manifest  inconsistency 
between  the  over  minute  and  precise  attention  to  petty 
details  in  worship,  and  the  utter  spirituality  of  the 
worship  which  Christ  prescribed,  will  become  in  time 
a  matter  of  common  notoriety,  and  men  will  in 
increasing  numbers  be  nourished  in  the  belief,  that  to 
hold  frequent  communion  in  spirit  with  the  Infinite 
Ruler  of  all,  and  to  live  in  dependence  on  His  power 
and  goodness  and  in  obedience  to  His  laws,  are  the 
only  absolutely  indispensable  conditions  of  rendering  to 
Him  that  worship  which  is  His  due. 


^ppenutx. 


^ppeutrtx. 


THE  HOLY  LAND  AS  THE  THEATRE  OF  REVELATION* 

Judges  xviii.  9. 
"We  have  seen  the  land,  and,  behold,  it  is  very  good." 

T  is  only  relatively  that  Palestine  could  ever  have 
deserved  the  name  in  the  ordinary  sense  of  being 
a  very  good  land.  Its  scenery  is  impressive,  but 
not  by  any  means  equal  in  beauty  to  that  of  many 
parts  of  the  British  Isles.  Its  soil  is  fertile,  but  only  in  patches 
between  the  hills,  and  in  the  lowlands  of  the  Jordan  Valley  and 
the  Western  plain.  It  is  no  more  than  a  Westmoreland  or  a 
Carnarvonshire  for  productiveness.  Yet  in  contrast  with  the 
deserts,  terrible  for  their  deathly  sameness  and  sterility,  that 
surround  it,  it  merits  all  the  terms  of  praise  that  are  lavished 
upon  it  in  the  Bible;  it  is  indeed  "a  land  of  wheat,  and  barley, 
and  vines,  and  fig-trees,  and  pomegranates,"  '•'  a  land  that 
floweth  with  milk  and  honey,"  "a  land  of  mountains  and 
plains,  which  drinketh  water  of  the  rain  of  heaven." 

Too  often  those  who  have  visited  the  Holy  Land  give 
unduly  disparaging  accounts  of  its  scenery  and  resources,  and 
too  often  those  who  read  these  accounts,  and  who  look  at 
photographic  views  of  the  country,  acquire  the  impression  that 

*This  Sermon  was  preached  after  the  Author's  return  from  a  visit  to  the 
Holy  Land.  Although  in  it  will  be  found  the  repetition  of  part  of  what  has 
been  already  said  about  Revelation,  it  is  inserted  in  the  expectation  that 
it  will  throw  some  additional  light  on  a  subject  of  which  it  is  difficult,  yet 
most  important,  to  obtain  a  clear  view. 


172  APPENDIX. 


the  glowing  descriptions  of  the  Bible  are  overcharged.  When, 
however,  it  is  remembered  that  it  is  the  only  well-watered 
country,  with  the  exception  of  the  artificially  irrigated  Egypt, 
in  a  tract  of  many  thousands  of  square  miles  of  sterile  rock  and 
plain,  there  is  no  cause  for  surprise  that  those  who  first  entered 
it  from  the  wilderness  of  the  South  should  have  given  the 
report  of  it  that  it  was  very  good. 

But  though  the  Holy  Land  is  surpassed  by  many  other 
countries  in  those  features  of  beauty  and  productiveness  which 
suggest  that  epithet  in  the  ordinary  sense,  it  deserves  it  in 
another  sense  to  a  degree  far  beyond  any  other  country  on  the 
face  of  the  globe.  If  it  is  relatively  a  good  land  in  respect  of 
its  power  to  nourish  man's  body  with  food,  and  to  delight  his 
artistic  sensibiHties  with  beauty,  it  is  absolutely  the  best  of  all 
lands  in  its  adaptability  to  further  the  development  of  the 
spiritual  life  of  man.  If  it  cannot,  and  never  could,  be  made 
to  bring  forth  such  abundant  harvests  as  the  neighbouring 
Egypt,  if  it  has  not  sufficient  grace  and  grandeur  of  appearance 
to  make  it  a  Switzerland  or  a  Norway,  it  nevertheless  has  the 
distinction  above  all  other  lands  of  being  the  one  best  suited  to 
the  requirements  of  the  spiritual  nature  of  man,  and  the  one  in 
which  it  is  easiest  for  man  to  hold  converse  with  God,  and  to 
receive  from  God  the  revelation  of  His  mind  and  will. 

God,  we  know,  does  not  do  things  by  accident,  any  more  than 
He  acts  from  caprice,  and  if  one  land  has  been  the  scene  of  all 
the  highest  communications  of  His  will  to  man,  it  is  not  because 
He  arbitrarily  and  without  reason  chose  to  have  it  so,  but 
because  that  land  was  specially  adapted  to  fit  men  for  receiving 
those  teachings  which  God  reveals  unto  us  by  His  Spirit.  The 
circumstance  which  in  history  gives  its  unique  interest  to 
Palestine  is,  that  time  after  time  God  spoke  to  the  spirits  of 
men  there,  and  that  with  a  higher  message  than  He  communi- 


APPENDIX.  173 


cated  to  others  elsewhere.  We  may  not  deny,  of  course,  that 
He  spoke  to  others  elsewhere.  He  spoke  to  Sakya  Mouni  in 
India,  to  Zoroaster  in  Persia,  to  Socrates  in  Greece;  but  to 
neither  of  these  three  did  He  speak  as  He  spoke  to  Him  Whom 
we  call  His  Son.  The  Light  of  India,  and  the  Light  of 
Persia,  and  the  Light  of  Greece  pale  in  the  Light  of  the  World. 
And,  moreover,  in  the  land  which  we  rightly  distinguish  as 
Holy  there  was  a  succession  of  prophets,  each  as  regards  his 
insight  into  spiritual  truth  in  advance  of  the  most  enlightened 
men  of  other  countries,  culminating  in  Him  Who  is  "the  very 
effulgence  of  the  glory  and  the  express  image  of  the  substance  " 
of  the  Invisible  God. 

It  is  a  fact  of  considerable  significance  that  all  the  greater 
religions — that  is  to  say,  the  religions  that  have  had  the  greatest 
sway — have  had  their  origin  in  the  East.  Europe  with  all  its 
advantages  has  never  been  the  cradle  of  a  new  faith,  though  it 
has  been  the  best  nursery  of  the  chief  of  all.  The  common 
explanation  of  this  would  be,  that  the  genius  of  the  European 
races,  though  admirably  adapted  to  the  origination  and  culture 
of  the  various  arts  and  sciences,  is  not  suited  to  the  reception  at 
first  hand  of  those  truths  which  are  communicated  to  men  by 
the  process  which  we  call  revelation.  Doubtless  this  is  true  as 
far  as  it  goes.  It  is  impossible  not  to  mark  a  fundamental 
difference  between  the  temperament  and  cast  of  thought  of  the 
Eastern  and  Western  races,  as  regards  their  way  of  apprehending 
religious  truth.  All  the  Eastern  races — meaning  those  of 
India,  Persia,  Syria,  Arabia,  and  North  Africa — are  by  nature 
profoundly  religious.  Religion  in  them  is  a  natural  growth  and 
not  an  acquisition  from  the  outside.  It  shapes  all  their  thoughts, 
it  colours  all  their  language,  it  is  part  and  parcel  of  all  their 
outer  life.  They  are  not  half  ashamed  of  it,  and  fearful  to 
make  any  public  exhibition  of  it,  as  are  most  Europeans.     Tiiey 


174  APPENDIX. 


say  their  prayers  in  public ;  they  salute  their  friends  in  God's 
Name ;  they  more  often  mention  that  Name  than  any  other. 
No  doubt  their  religion  is  frequently  indistinguishable  from  the 
grossest  superstition,  and  they  are  credulous  in  respect  to  the 
supernatural  to  a  degree  which  at  every  turn  excites  the 
wonderment,  and  sometimes  the  contempt,  of  the  far  more 
critically-minded  European.  Still  the  fact  remains,  that  the 
people  of  the  East  are  fundamentally  religious,  in  the  sense  that 
they  live  day  by  day  in  vivid  consciousness  of  the  Unseen. 

Now,  instructed  as  we  are  to  associate  differences  of  national 
character  with  differences  of  climate  and  country,  we  are  not 
disposed  to  stop  at  the  apprehension  of  the  fact  that  the 
Eastern  races  are  more  naturally  religious  than  the  Western,  as 
though  it  were  a  fact  about  which  nothing  more  was  to  be  said. 
We  are  moved  to  draw  from  it  the  legitimate  and  necessary 
inference,  that  the  climatic  and  physical  characteristics  of  the 
East  are  more  favourable  than  those  of  the  West  to  the 
cultivation  of  the  religious  instinct  in  man.  '  What  those  climatic 
and  physical  characteristics  are,  it  is  worth  our  while  carefully 
to  note,  in  order  that  we  may  endeavour  to  make  up  for 
the  want  of  them,  or  learn  to  use  them  duly  when  they  are 
available. 

Taking  notice  first  of  climate,  we  have  to  remark,  that  to  the 
East  and  South  of  tlie  Mediterranean  the  warmth  and  evenness 
of  the  temperature  are  such,  that  the  wants  of  the  body  are 
reduced  to  a  minimum ;  the  inhabitants  of  those  regions  can 
subsist  on  less  food  than  we,  and  do  not  need  so  much  clothing 
to  protect  them  from  the  severity  of  the  weather.  The 
simplest  food,  and  that  always  of  the  same  kind,  suffices  for 
them  ;  while  all  the  year  round  they  can  wear  the  one  description 
of  clothing,  and  that  has  come  to  be  a  uniform,  unchanged  in 
shape  or  colour,  so  that  they  need  to  give  far  less  thought  than 


APPENDIX.  175 


we  to  "what  they  shall  eat,  and  wherewithal  they  shall  be 
clothed."  Moreover,  they  are  not  required  by  the  exigencies 
of  the  climate  to  take  the  extra  precautions  against  cold  and 
damp  that  we  are.  They  do  not  need  the  same  elaborate 
dwellings,  with  the  same  number  and  variety  of  rooms  in  them, 
that  we  do,  inasmuch  as  they  have  no  cause  to  spend  so  much 
of  their  time  in  their  homes  and  under  cover.  Indeed,  at 
certain  seasons  of  the  year  it  is  no  hardship  to  them  to  sleep 
under  the  open  heavens,  as  David  did  in  his  youth,  and  as  Jesus 
frequently  did.  It  was  more  a  mark  of  the  poverty  than  of 
the  severity  of  our  Lord's  life,  that  "He  had  not  where  to  lay 
His  head." 

Now  there  is  a  triple  advantage  arising  from  these  peculiarities 
of  Oriental  life.  They  obviate  the  impediments  to  the  develop- 
ment of  the  spiritual  nature  which  result  from  the  necessity  of 
paying  engrossing  attention  to  the  wants  of  the  body ;  they 
allow  of  more  leisure  for  religious  meditation,  and  "the  wisdom 
of  the  learned  man  " — of  the  spiritually  learned  man,  as  of 
others — "cometh  with  the  opportunity  of  leisure;"  while  they 
make  men  much  more  familiar  with  Nature  in  all  her  aspects, 
and  more  susceptible  of  the  influences  of  Nature,  and  so  bring 
them  more  nearly  in  contact  with  the  Invisible  Spirit,  in  Whom 
all  things  animate  and  inanimate  have  their  being. 

Of  course,  it  cannot  be  said  of  the  Oriental  races  generally, 
that  they  use  their  climatic  advantages  to  the  utmost  benefit  of 
their  spiritual  nature.  They  are  not  by  any  means  now  in  the 
van  of  religious  thought ;  on  the  contrary,  their  religious  beliefs 
are  far  less  pure  than  those  of  the  Western  races,  and  their 
moral  practice  is  on  the  whole  distinctly  inferior.  They  have 
degenerated  from  what  their  forefathers  were,  chiefly  owing  to 
political  causes,  and  are  as  much  behind  the  Christians  of 
Western  Europe  in  respect  of  their  religious  beliefs,  as  their 


176  APPENDIX. 


forefathers  were  in  advance  of  the  Celts  and  Teutons  of  the 
early  days  of  the  Christian  Era. 

Still  the  faith  of  the  Teutonic  and  Celtic  races,  if  we  may  make 
bold  to  say  that  it  is  now  the  purest  in  the  world,  is  after  all  only 
a  borrowed  faith,  a  faith  that  had  its  origin  in  the  East ;  and 
the  present  religious  degeneracy  of  the  Oriental  races  cannot 
affect  the  deductions  to  be  drawn  from  the  fact,  that  the  great 
religions  that  now  hold  sway  over  so  many  millions  of  human 
beings  all  had  their  origin  in  the  East. 

It  may  be,  that  the  modern  dwellers  in  the  East  are  not 
availing  themselves  for  the  purposes  of  the  religious  life,  as 
others  have  done  in  the  past,  of  the  unique  climatic  and  other 
natural  advantages  of  the  region  which  they  inhabit.  Still,  that 
should  not  cause  us  to  forget,  that  it  is  only  by  using  such 
advantages  to  the  full,  that  men  have  hitherto  attained  to  the 
privilege  of  being  recipients  of  previously  unknown  truth  by 
the  process  which  we  call  revelation. 

How  that  has  come  about,  a  moment's  reflection  on  the 
nature  of  revelation  will  shew.  Revelation  means,  of  course, 
unveiling — the  making  clear  what  before  was  invisible,  or  seen 
only  doubtfully  as  through  a  veil.  Now  by  men  as  they  are 
ordinarily  circumstanced  God  is  not  perceived.  God's  Spirit 
lies  all  around  us,  permeating  all  we  see;  yet  we  are  unaware 
of  the  fact  in  our  ordinary  state.  Even  though  we  live  and 
move  and  have  our  being  in  God,  we  may  not  be  conscious  of 
His  nearness  to  us,  and  of  our  dependence  on  Him.  There  is 
only  one  way  in  which  we  can  apprehend  Him,  and  that  is 
by  our  spirits  coming  in  contact  with  His.  Thus  and  thus 
only  can  the  highest  truth  concerning  God  be  made  known  to 
men.  "  Eye  hath  not  seen,  nor  ear  heard,  neither  have  entered 
into  the  heart  of  man,  the  things  which  God  hath  prepared  for 
them  that  love  Him.     But  God  hath  revealed  them  unto  us  by 


APPENDIX.  177 


His  Spirit."     It  is  a  most  mysterious  saying,  but  this  much,  at 
any  rate,  of  ils  meaning  is  clear,  that  it  is  not  by  the  exercise 
of    the   lower    faculties    of   sight,    or    hearing,    or   reason,    or 
imagination,   that  we   can  discover  the  "  things  of  God,"  but 
only  by  what  cannot  be  otherwise  described  than  as  the  inter- 
communion   of    our    spirits    with    God.     The    highest    truth 
concerning  God  cannot  be  arrived  at  by  the  same  processes 
by  which  other  kinds  of  knowledge  are  acquired.     It  must  be 
"  seen  "  as  it  were  with  an  inward  eye.     We  must  be  placed  in 
such   a  condition    both    of   inward    preparation    and    outward 
circumstance,  that  our  powers  of  spiritual  perception  may  be 
made  sensible  of  those  Divine  influences  which  abound  every- 
where for  those  who  are  capable  of  apprehending  them.     So 
it  is  that  all  those  who  have  proclaimed  fresh  truth  concerning 
God  in  times  past   have   acquired   it.     They   have   gone   out 
"into  the  wilderness,"  or  on  to  the  hills,  where  nothing  has 
interfered  to    prevent    their   realization    of  the   all-pervading 
presence  of  God.     They  have  there  divested  themselves  of  all 
but  the  most  needful  cares  for  the  body ;  they  have  closed 
their  eyes  to  earthly   sights   and  their  ears  to  earthly  sounds; 
they  have  for  the  time   being   renounced   the  ever   obtrusive 
thought  of  their  own  personality ;  they  have  been  in  such  a 
condition   that  whether  they  were  in  the  body  or  out  of  the 
body  they  could  not  tell ;  they  have  been  conscious  of  nothing 
but  God  and  His  works ;  and  then  it  is  that,  as  thty  have  said 
and  believed,  God  has  whispered  His  secrets  to  their  hearts, 
filled  their  souls  with  His  peace,  and  dismissed  them  afterwards 
to  their  task  of  acting  as  His  messengers  to  men,  with  their 
faces  irradiated,  like  that   of   Moses,  with    the  glory  of  God, 
and  their  memories  stored,  like  that  of  Paul,  with  "  unspeak- 
able "  words,  that  it  was  not  lawful  or  possible  for  them  to  utter. 
So  absolutely  necessary  is  it  that  these  conditions  of  entire 

M 


178  APPENDIX. 


isolation  in  the  presence  of  Nature,  and  entire  deliverance  from 
all  pressing  needs  of  the  body,  should  be  fulfilled,  not  for  a 
short  space  only  but  for  a  protracted  period,  if  men  are  to  be 
capable  of  holding  such  close  communion  with  God,  that  we 
can  well  understand  how  it  is  only  in  the  East,  where  life  can 
be  made  so  simple,  that  men  have  hitherto  been  able  to  receive 
fresh  "  revelations  "  of  religious  truth."* 

But  other  than  merely  climatic  conditions  are  needful  to 
render  those,  who  thus  hold  communion  with  the  Infinite  Spirit, 
capable  of  receiving  God's  truth  in  its  due  proportions,  and  in 
all  its  magnificent  universality.  How  is  it  that  Buddhism  as  a 
religion  is  so  inferior  to  Christianity,  so  limited  in  its  adaptability 
to  the  manifold  wants  of  mankind,  so  defective  in  its  repre- 
sentation of  the  dignity  of  human  life  and  the  lovableness  of 
the  Great  Author  of  all  ?  Surely  one  reason,  and  an  important 
one  is,  that  he,  or  rather  they,  who  wrought  it  out,  holy-minded 
men,  as  we  are  fain  to  say,  had  their  powers  of  vision  straitened 
by  the  limitations  of  the  land  in  which  they  lived  and  of  the 
society  to  which  they  belonged.  It  was  a  land,  for  the  most 
part,  flat,  and  tame,  and  bare,  remote  from  the  mysterious  and 
vivifying  influences  of  the  sea  ;  a  land  of  frequently  intense  heat, 
and  often  refusing  its  products  to  the  teeming  millions  that 
thronged  it ;  a  land  darkened  by  the  despotism  of  its  rulers  and 
saddened  by  the  misery  of  the  vast  majority  of  its  inhabitants. 
What  wonder  then  that  the  most  spiritual  men  in  such  a  land 
were    able    only    to   declare  to    their    fellows    a   creed   whose 

*This  and  the  preceding  paragraph  must  not  be  read  to  imply  that  there  has 
been  no  "revelation"  at  all  communicated  to  men  since  the  early  days  of 
Christianity.  The  point  insisted  upon  is,  that  no  new  truth,  of  which  the 
germ  at  any  rate  is  not  to  be  found  in  the  New  Testament,  has  been  discovered 
since.  Poets,  such  as  Wordsworth  and  Tennyson,  are  rightly  spoken  of  as 
prophets ;  but  their  utterances  have  coincided  with,  and  put  into  modern 
expression,  not  added  to,  what  is  to  be  read  in  the  Bible. 


APPENDIX.  179 


dominant  note  was  pessimism,  a  creed  that,  like  Christianity 
indeed,  enjoined  self-renunciation,  but  held  out  no  crown,  if  it 
be  a  crown,  but  that  of  annihilation  to  those  who  bore  the  Cross  ? 

We  have  only  to  contrast  Buddhism  with  Christianity,  in  order 
to  see  how  all  the  features  in  Christianity,  that  make  it  the  one 
religion  for  men,  correspond  to  the  unique  characteristics  of  the 
Holy  Land,  as  a  theatre  for  a  perfect  revelation.  In  the 
diversity  of  the  structure  and  scenery  of  the  Holy  Land, 
composed  as  it  is  of  plain,  and  hill,  and  spring,  and  brook, 
and  shore  of  the  sea,  we  see  the  counterpart  of  the  Divine 
adaptability  of  the  Bible  to  the  diversified  wants  and  tempera- 
ments of  all  the  people  on  the  face  of  the  globe  ;  in  the  storms 
and  earthquakes  to  which  it  is  subject  we  see  the  suggestion  of 
the  just  presentation  in  the  Bible  of  the  severer  aspect  of  the 
character  of  God  ;  in  its  lonely  mountains  we  trace  the  symbols 
of  the  awful  majesty  and  eternal  self-existence  of  the  Divine 
Being ;  in  its  fertile  plains  we  see  the  tokens  of  His  goodness 
and  mercy ;  while  the  comparative  tameness  of  the  general 
character  of  its  scenery  tends  to  enhance  its  fitness  as  the  cradle 
of  a  religion  "  which  was  destined  to  have  no  home  on  earth, 
least  of  all  in  its  own  birth-place,  which  has  attained  its  full 
dimensions  only  in  proportion  as  it  has  travelled  further  from  its 
original  source,"*  which  is  founded  on  the  doctrine  that,  albeit 
some  lands  more  than  others  may  be  suited  to  the  unveiling  of 
God's  truth,  yet  the  service  and  worship  of  God  suggested  by 
such  knowledge  is  independent  of  climate  and  latitude,  for  He 
is  a  Spirit,  and  they  that  worship  Him  are  required  only  to  fulfil 
the  conditions  of  worshipping  Him  in  spirit  and  in  truth. 

Thus  it  is,  as  we  can  partly  see,  that  the  highest  knowledge 
that  we  have  of  God  has  come  to  us  from  the  Holy  Land. 

Two  brief  practical  reflections  will  give  a  profitable  conclusion 
*Sta.n\ey,  Sinai  and  Palesting,  ed.  1881,  p.  156. 


180  APPENDIX. 


to  our  study  of  this  subject.  The  first  is,  that  if  we  would 
approach  as  nearly  as  we  can  to  the  condition  in  which  it  is 
possible  for  the  spirit  of  man  to  come  consciously  into  contact 
with  the  Spirit  of  God,  we  must  be  careful  not  to  let  the  wants 
and  desires  of  the  body  have  a  too  engrossing  share  of  our  time 
and  of  our  thought ;  we  must  not  impair  our  powers  of  spiritual 
perception  by  making  ourselves  too  dependent  on  material 
comforts  and  luxuries ;  we  must  remember  that  we  cannot 
pamper  our  bodies  except  at  the  expense  of  our  souls ;  plain 
living  and  high  thinking  are  inseparable. 

Our  second  reflection  is,  that  though  we  cannot,  owing  to  the 
conditions  of  our  life  in  a  northern  latitude,  spend  whole  nights 
in  the  open  air  in  prayer  to  God,  we  can  "enter  each  into  his 
chamber  and  shut  the  door,"  and  there  have  such  real  though 
transient  glimpses  of  the  King  in  His  beauty,  that  the  radiance 
of  them  will  long  remain  with  us  to  purify  and  gladden  our 
lives,  and  to  inspire  us  with  the  desire  to  see  Him  eventually 
as  He  is,  in  all  the  glory  and  perfection  of  His  nature. 


By  the  same  Author. 

PRESENT  DAY  COUNSELS:  ADDRESSED  TO 
A    MIDDLE-CLASS    CONGREGATION. 

Crown  8vo.^  6/-. 

THE  SCOTTISH  LEADER  says:—''\\.  is  seldom  that  a  volume  of 
sermons  is  issued  which  was  so  well  worth  giving  to  the  world.  The  term 
invigorating,  perhaps,  best  expresses  the  effect  produced  by  even  a  hurried 
perusal.  .  .  .  Whether  or  not  the  questions  which  Mr.  Cox  takes  up  are 
more  pressing  now  than  they  have  been,  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  many 
people  do  want  them  answered,  and,  moreover,  that  they  will  be  glad  to 
have  them  answered  in  the  spirit  of  strong  common  sense,  as  well  as 
sincere  religion,  which  this  volume  displays.  .  .  ,  We  commend  Mr.  Cox's 
book  to  all  who  can  appreciate  direct  and  manly  preaching  and  sympathetic 
as  well  as  outspoken  counsel." 

THE  RECORD  says: — "The  sermons  are  in  many  respects  admirable. 
They  all  contain  sober  thought,  not  by  any  means  commonplace,  often 
expressed  with  genuine  originality.  The  point  of  view  seems  to  be  that  of 
a  moderate  churchmanship,  not  biassed  by  party  spirit  on  either  side." 

THE  SCOTSMAN  ^oy^,-—"  Their  topics  as  well  as  their  treatment 
are  directed  specially  to  the  spiritual  wants  of  the  present  generation,  and 
upon  such  matters  as  the  Authority  of  the  Bible,  the  Relations  of  Science 
and  Religion,  and  the  like,  they  speak  with  earnestness  always,  and  with 
good  sense  rather  than  eloquence." 

THE  LIVERPOOL  MERCURY  joyj.-— "The  volume  belongs  to 
our  local  literature,  and  certainly  does  it  honour,  the  problems  of  the  age 
are  faced  so  manfully.  The  audience  is  to  be  congratulated  that  can  count 
upon  hearing  sermons  characterised  by  so  much  reverence,  insight,  and 
scientific  boldness." 


C.    KEG  AN   PAUL    b'    CO.,    LONDON. 


"^""^  mini  ii.rMlfr.?."  ■'"•'foMical  Semmary-Speer 


1    1012  01124  1595 


^ 

DATE  DUE                            ; 

-*"-^§k.^- 

< 

^^.ii*«-«r^ 

" 

j 

, 

S: 

GAVLORD 

^ 

■  ..^-;*— £ 

PRINTED  IN  U..S.A.